mirror of
https://gitlab.winehq.org/wine/wine-gecko.git
synced 2024-09-13 09:24:08 -07:00
7416 lines
254 KiB
C++
7416 lines
254 KiB
C++
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
|
|
* vim: set ts=8 sw=4 et tw=99:
|
|
*
|
|
* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
|
|
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
|
|
*
|
|
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
|
|
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
|
|
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
|
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
|
|
*
|
|
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
|
|
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
|
|
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
|
|
* License.
|
|
*
|
|
* The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
|
|
* March 31, 1998.
|
|
*
|
|
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
|
|
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
|
|
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998
|
|
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
|
|
*
|
|
* Contributor(s):
|
|
*
|
|
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
|
|
* either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
|
|
* or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
|
|
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
|
|
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
|
|
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
|
|
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
|
|
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
|
|
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
|
|
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
|
|
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
|
|
*
|
|
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* JS bytecode generation.
|
|
*/
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_MEMORY_H
|
|
#include <memory.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#include <new>
|
|
#include <string.h>
|
|
#include "jstypes.h"
|
|
#include "jsstdint.h"
|
|
#include "jsarena.h" /* Added by JSIFY */
|
|
#include "jsutil.h" /* Added by JSIFY */
|
|
#include "jsbit.h"
|
|
#include "jsprf.h"
|
|
#include "jsapi.h"
|
|
#include "jsatom.h"
|
|
#include "jsbool.h"
|
|
#include "jscntxt.h"
|
|
#include "jsversion.h"
|
|
#include "jsemit.h"
|
|
#include "jsfun.h"
|
|
#include "jsnum.h"
|
|
#include "jsopcode.h"
|
|
#include "jsparse.h"
|
|
#include "jsregexp.h"
|
|
#include "jsscan.h"
|
|
#include "jsscope.h"
|
|
#include "jsscopeinlines.h"
|
|
#include "jsscript.h"
|
|
#include "jsautooplen.h" // generated headers last
|
|
#include "jsstaticcheck.h"
|
|
|
|
/* Allocation chunk counts, must be powers of two in general. */
|
|
#define BYTECODE_CHUNK 256 /* code allocation increment */
|
|
#define SRCNOTE_CHUNK 64 /* initial srcnote allocation increment */
|
|
#define TRYNOTE_CHUNK 64 /* trynote allocation increment */
|
|
|
|
/* Macros to compute byte sizes from typed element counts. */
|
|
#define BYTECODE_SIZE(n) ((n) * sizeof(jsbytecode))
|
|
#define SRCNOTE_SIZE(n) ((n) * sizeof(jssrcnote))
|
|
#define TRYNOTE_SIZE(n) ((n) * sizeof(JSTryNote))
|
|
|
|
using namespace js;
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
NewTryNote(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSTryNoteKind kind,
|
|
uintN stackDepth, size_t start, size_t end);
|
|
|
|
JSCodeGenerator::JSCodeGenerator(Parser *parser,
|
|
JSArenaPool *cpool, JSArenaPool *npool,
|
|
uintN lineno)
|
|
: JSTreeContext(parser),
|
|
codePool(cpool), notePool(npool),
|
|
codeMark(JS_ARENA_MARK(cpool)), noteMark(JS_ARENA_MARK(npool)),
|
|
stackDepth(0), maxStackDepth(0),
|
|
ntrynotes(0), lastTryNode(NULL),
|
|
spanDeps(NULL), jumpTargets(NULL), jtFreeList(NULL),
|
|
numSpanDeps(0), numJumpTargets(0), spanDepTodo(0),
|
|
arrayCompDepth(0),
|
|
emitLevel(0),
|
|
constMap(parser->context)
|
|
{
|
|
flags = TCF_COMPILING;
|
|
memset(&prolog, 0, sizeof prolog);
|
|
memset(&main, 0, sizeof main);
|
|
current = &main;
|
|
firstLine = prolog.currentLine = main.currentLine = lineno;
|
|
prolog.noteMask = main.noteMask = SRCNOTE_CHUNK - 1;
|
|
memset(&upvarMap, 0, sizeof upvarMap);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool JSCodeGenerator::init()
|
|
{
|
|
return constMap.init();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JSCodeGenerator::~JSCodeGenerator()
|
|
{
|
|
JS_ARENA_RELEASE(codePool, codeMark);
|
|
JS_ARENA_RELEASE(notePool, noteMark);
|
|
|
|
/* NB: non-null only after OOM. */
|
|
if (spanDeps)
|
|
parser->context->free(spanDeps);
|
|
|
|
if (upvarMap.vector)
|
|
parser->context->free(upvarMap.vector);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static ptrdiff_t
|
|
EmitCheck(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSOp op, ptrdiff_t delta)
|
|
{
|
|
jsbytecode *base, *limit, *next;
|
|
ptrdiff_t offset, length;
|
|
size_t incr, size;
|
|
|
|
base = CG_BASE(cg);
|
|
next = CG_NEXT(cg);
|
|
limit = CG_LIMIT(cg);
|
|
offset = next - base;
|
|
if (next + delta > limit) {
|
|
length = offset + delta;
|
|
length = (length <= BYTECODE_CHUNK)
|
|
? BYTECODE_CHUNK
|
|
: JS_BIT(JS_CeilingLog2(length));
|
|
incr = BYTECODE_SIZE(length);
|
|
if (!base) {
|
|
JS_ARENA_ALLOCATE_CAST(base, jsbytecode *, cg->codePool, incr);
|
|
} else {
|
|
size = BYTECODE_SIZE(limit - base);
|
|
incr -= size;
|
|
JS_ARENA_GROW_CAST(base, jsbytecode *, cg->codePool, size, incr);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!base) {
|
|
js_ReportOutOfScriptQuota(cx);
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
CG_BASE(cg) = base;
|
|
CG_LIMIT(cg) = base + length;
|
|
CG_NEXT(cg) = base + offset;
|
|
}
|
|
return offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
UpdateDepth(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, ptrdiff_t target)
|
|
{
|
|
jsbytecode *pc;
|
|
JSOp op;
|
|
const JSCodeSpec *cs;
|
|
uintN extra, depth, nuses;
|
|
intN ndefs;
|
|
|
|
pc = CG_CODE(cg, target);
|
|
op = (JSOp) *pc;
|
|
cs = &js_CodeSpec[op];
|
|
#ifdef JS_TRACER
|
|
extern uint8 js_opcode2extra[];
|
|
extra = js_opcode2extra[op];
|
|
#else
|
|
extra = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
if ((cs->format & JOF_TMPSLOT_MASK) || extra) {
|
|
depth = (uintN) cg->stackDepth +
|
|
((cs->format & JOF_TMPSLOT_MASK) >> JOF_TMPSLOT_SHIFT) +
|
|
extra;
|
|
if (depth > cg->maxStackDepth)
|
|
cg->maxStackDepth = depth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nuses = js_GetStackUses(cs, op, pc);
|
|
cg->stackDepth -= nuses;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->stackDepth >= 0);
|
|
if (cg->stackDepth < 0) {
|
|
char numBuf[12];
|
|
TokenStream *ts;
|
|
|
|
JS_snprintf(numBuf, sizeof numBuf, "%d", target);
|
|
ts = &cg->parser->tokenStream;
|
|
JS_ReportErrorFlagsAndNumber(cx, JSREPORT_WARNING,
|
|
js_GetErrorMessage, NULL,
|
|
JSMSG_STACK_UNDERFLOW,
|
|
ts->getFilename() ? ts->getFilename() : "stdin",
|
|
numBuf);
|
|
}
|
|
ndefs = cs->ndefs;
|
|
if (ndefs < 0) {
|
|
JSObject *blockObj;
|
|
|
|
/* We just executed IndexParsedObject */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(op == JSOP_ENTERBLOCK);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(nuses == 0);
|
|
blockObj = cg->objectList.lastbox->object;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(blockObj->getClass() == &js_BlockClass);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(JSVAL_IS_VOID(blockObj->fslots[JSSLOT_BLOCK_DEPTH]));
|
|
|
|
OBJ_SET_BLOCK_DEPTH(cx, blockObj, cg->stackDepth);
|
|
ndefs = OBJ_BLOCK_COUNT(cx, blockObj);
|
|
}
|
|
cg->stackDepth += ndefs;
|
|
if ((uintN)cg->stackDepth > cg->maxStackDepth)
|
|
cg->maxStackDepth = cg->stackDepth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ptrdiff_t
|
|
js_Emit1(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSOp op)
|
|
{
|
|
ptrdiff_t offset = EmitCheck(cx, cg, op, 1);
|
|
|
|
if (offset >= 0) {
|
|
*CG_NEXT(cg)++ = (jsbytecode)op;
|
|
UpdateDepth(cx, cg, offset);
|
|
}
|
|
return offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ptrdiff_t
|
|
js_Emit2(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSOp op, jsbytecode op1)
|
|
{
|
|
ptrdiff_t offset = EmitCheck(cx, cg, op, 2);
|
|
|
|
if (offset >= 0) {
|
|
jsbytecode *next = CG_NEXT(cg);
|
|
next[0] = (jsbytecode)op;
|
|
next[1] = op1;
|
|
CG_NEXT(cg) = next + 2;
|
|
UpdateDepth(cx, cg, offset);
|
|
}
|
|
return offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ptrdiff_t
|
|
js_Emit3(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSOp op, jsbytecode op1,
|
|
jsbytecode op2)
|
|
{
|
|
ptrdiff_t offset = EmitCheck(cx, cg, op, 3);
|
|
|
|
if (offset >= 0) {
|
|
jsbytecode *next = CG_NEXT(cg);
|
|
next[0] = (jsbytecode)op;
|
|
next[1] = op1;
|
|
next[2] = op2;
|
|
CG_NEXT(cg) = next + 3;
|
|
UpdateDepth(cx, cg, offset);
|
|
}
|
|
return offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ptrdiff_t
|
|
js_EmitN(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSOp op, size_t extra)
|
|
{
|
|
ptrdiff_t length = 1 + (ptrdiff_t)extra;
|
|
ptrdiff_t offset = EmitCheck(cx, cg, op, length);
|
|
|
|
if (offset >= 0) {
|
|
jsbytecode *next = CG_NEXT(cg);
|
|
*next = (jsbytecode)op;
|
|
memset(next + 1, 0, BYTECODE_SIZE(extra));
|
|
CG_NEXT(cg) = next + length;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't UpdateDepth if op's use-count comes from the immediate
|
|
* operand yet to be stored in the extra bytes after op.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (js_CodeSpec[op].nuses >= 0)
|
|
UpdateDepth(cx, cg, offset);
|
|
}
|
|
return offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* XXX too many "... statement" L10N gaffes below -- fix via js.msg! */
|
|
const char js_with_statement_str[] = "with statement";
|
|
const char js_finally_block_str[] = "finally block";
|
|
const char js_script_str[] = "script";
|
|
|
|
static const char *statementName[] = {
|
|
"label statement", /* LABEL */
|
|
"if statement", /* IF */
|
|
"else statement", /* ELSE */
|
|
"destructuring body", /* BODY */
|
|
"switch statement", /* SWITCH */
|
|
"block", /* BLOCK */
|
|
js_with_statement_str, /* WITH */
|
|
"catch block", /* CATCH */
|
|
"try block", /* TRY */
|
|
js_finally_block_str, /* FINALLY */
|
|
js_finally_block_str, /* SUBROUTINE */
|
|
"do loop", /* DO_LOOP */
|
|
"for loop", /* FOR_LOOP */
|
|
"for/in loop", /* FOR_IN_LOOP */
|
|
"while loop", /* WHILE_LOOP */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
JS_STATIC_ASSERT(JS_ARRAY_LENGTH(statementName) == STMT_LIMIT);
|
|
|
|
static const char *
|
|
StatementName(JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!cg->topStmt)
|
|
return js_script_str;
|
|
return statementName[cg->topStmt->type];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
ReportStatementTooLarge(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
JS_ReportErrorNumber(cx, js_GetErrorMessage, NULL, JSMSG_NEED_DIET,
|
|
StatementName(cg));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Span-dependent instructions in JS bytecode consist of the jump (JOF_JUMP)
|
|
and switch (JOF_LOOKUPSWITCH, JOF_TABLESWITCH) format opcodes, subdivided
|
|
into unconditional (gotos and gosubs), and conditional jumps or branches
|
|
(which pop a value, test it, and jump depending on its value). Most jumps
|
|
have just one immediate operand, a signed offset from the jump opcode's pc
|
|
to the target bytecode. The lookup and table switch opcodes may contain
|
|
many jump offsets.
|
|
|
|
Mozilla bug #80981 (http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=80981) was
|
|
fixed by adding extended "X" counterparts to the opcodes/formats (NB: X is
|
|
suffixed to prefer JSOP_ORX thereby avoiding a JSOP_XOR name collision for
|
|
the extended form of the JSOP_OR branch opcode). The unextended or short
|
|
formats have 16-bit signed immediate offset operands, the extended or long
|
|
formats have 32-bit signed immediates. The span-dependency problem consists
|
|
of selecting as few long instructions as possible, or about as few -- since
|
|
jumps can span other jumps, extending one jump may cause another to need to
|
|
be extended.
|
|
|
|
Most JS scripts are short, so need no extended jumps. We optimize for this
|
|
case by generating short jumps until we know a long jump is needed. After
|
|
that point, we keep generating short jumps, but each jump's 16-bit immediate
|
|
offset operand is actually an unsigned index into cg->spanDeps, an array of
|
|
JSSpanDep structs. Each struct tells the top offset in the script of the
|
|
opcode, the "before" offset of the jump (which will be the same as top for
|
|
simplex jumps, but which will index further into the bytecode array for a
|
|
non-initial jump offset in a lookup or table switch), the after "offset"
|
|
adjusted during span-dependent instruction selection (initially the same
|
|
value as the "before" offset), and the jump target (more below).
|
|
|
|
Since we generate cg->spanDeps lazily, from within js_SetJumpOffset, we must
|
|
ensure that all bytecode generated so far can be inspected to discover where
|
|
the jump offset immediate operands lie within CG_CODE(cg). But the bonus is
|
|
that we generate span-dependency records sorted by their offsets, so we can
|
|
binary-search when trying to find a JSSpanDep for a given bytecode offset,
|
|
or the nearest JSSpanDep at or above a given pc.
|
|
|
|
To avoid limiting scripts to 64K jumps, if the cg->spanDeps index overflows
|
|
65534, we store SPANDEP_INDEX_HUGE in the jump's immediate operand. This
|
|
tells us that we need to binary-search for the cg->spanDeps entry by the
|
|
jump opcode's bytecode offset (sd->before).
|
|
|
|
Jump targets need to be maintained in a data structure that lets us look
|
|
up an already-known target by its address (jumps may have a common target),
|
|
and that also lets us update the addresses (script-relative, a.k.a. absolute
|
|
offsets) of targets that come after a jump target (for when a jump below
|
|
that target needs to be extended). We use an AVL tree, implemented using
|
|
recursion, but with some tricky optimizations to its height-balancing code
|
|
(see http://www.cmcrossroads.com/bradapp/ftp/src/libs/C++/AvlTrees.html).
|
|
|
|
A final wrinkle: backpatch chains are linked by jump-to-jump offsets with
|
|
positive sign, even though they link "backward" (i.e., toward lower bytecode
|
|
address). We don't want to waste space and search time in the AVL tree for
|
|
such temporary backpatch deltas, so we use a single-bit wildcard scheme to
|
|
tag true JSJumpTarget pointers and encode untagged, signed (positive) deltas
|
|
in JSSpanDep.target pointers, depending on whether the JSSpanDep has a known
|
|
target, or is still awaiting backpatching.
|
|
|
|
Note that backpatch chains would present a problem for BuildSpanDepTable,
|
|
which inspects bytecode to build cg->spanDeps on demand, when the first
|
|
short jump offset overflows. To solve this temporary problem, we emit a
|
|
proxy bytecode (JSOP_BACKPATCH; JSOP_BACKPATCH_POP for branch ops) whose
|
|
nuses/ndefs counts help keep the stack balanced, but whose opcode format
|
|
distinguishes its backpatch delta immediate operand from a normal jump
|
|
offset.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
BalanceJumpTargets(JSJumpTarget **jtp)
|
|
{
|
|
JSJumpTarget *jt, *jt2, *root;
|
|
int dir, otherDir, heightChanged;
|
|
JSBool doubleRotate;
|
|
|
|
jt = *jtp;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(jt->balance != 0);
|
|
|
|
if (jt->balance < -1) {
|
|
dir = JT_RIGHT;
|
|
doubleRotate = (jt->kids[JT_LEFT]->balance > 0);
|
|
} else if (jt->balance > 1) {
|
|
dir = JT_LEFT;
|
|
doubleRotate = (jt->kids[JT_RIGHT]->balance < 0);
|
|
} else {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
otherDir = JT_OTHER_DIR(dir);
|
|
if (doubleRotate) {
|
|
jt2 = jt->kids[otherDir];
|
|
*jtp = root = jt2->kids[dir];
|
|
|
|
jt->kids[otherDir] = root->kids[dir];
|
|
root->kids[dir] = jt;
|
|
|
|
jt2->kids[dir] = root->kids[otherDir];
|
|
root->kids[otherDir] = jt2;
|
|
|
|
heightChanged = 1;
|
|
root->kids[JT_LEFT]->balance = -JS_MAX(root->balance, 0);
|
|
root->kids[JT_RIGHT]->balance = -JS_MIN(root->balance, 0);
|
|
root->balance = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
*jtp = root = jt->kids[otherDir];
|
|
jt->kids[otherDir] = root->kids[dir];
|
|
root->kids[dir] = jt;
|
|
|
|
heightChanged = (root->balance != 0);
|
|
jt->balance = -((dir == JT_LEFT) ? --root->balance : ++root->balance);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return heightChanged;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
typedef struct AddJumpTargetArgs {
|
|
JSContext *cx;
|
|
JSCodeGenerator *cg;
|
|
ptrdiff_t offset;
|
|
JSJumpTarget *node;
|
|
} AddJumpTargetArgs;
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
AddJumpTarget(AddJumpTargetArgs *args, JSJumpTarget **jtp)
|
|
{
|
|
JSJumpTarget *jt;
|
|
int balanceDelta;
|
|
|
|
jt = *jtp;
|
|
if (!jt) {
|
|
JSCodeGenerator *cg = args->cg;
|
|
|
|
jt = cg->jtFreeList;
|
|
if (jt) {
|
|
cg->jtFreeList = jt->kids[JT_LEFT];
|
|
} else {
|
|
JS_ARENA_ALLOCATE_CAST(jt, JSJumpTarget *, &args->cx->tempPool,
|
|
sizeof *jt);
|
|
if (!jt) {
|
|
js_ReportOutOfScriptQuota(args->cx);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
jt->offset = args->offset;
|
|
jt->balance = 0;
|
|
jt->kids[JT_LEFT] = jt->kids[JT_RIGHT] = NULL;
|
|
cg->numJumpTargets++;
|
|
args->node = jt;
|
|
*jtp = jt;
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (jt->offset == args->offset) {
|
|
args->node = jt;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (args->offset < jt->offset)
|
|
balanceDelta = -AddJumpTarget(args, &jt->kids[JT_LEFT]);
|
|
else
|
|
balanceDelta = AddJumpTarget(args, &jt->kids[JT_RIGHT]);
|
|
if (!args->node)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
jt->balance += balanceDelta;
|
|
return (balanceDelta && jt->balance)
|
|
? 1 - BalanceJumpTargets(jtp)
|
|
: 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_brendan
|
|
static int AVLCheck(JSJumpTarget *jt)
|
|
{
|
|
int lh, rh;
|
|
|
|
if (!jt) return 0;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(-1 <= jt->balance && jt->balance <= 1);
|
|
lh = AVLCheck(jt->kids[JT_LEFT]);
|
|
rh = AVLCheck(jt->kids[JT_RIGHT]);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(jt->balance == rh - lh);
|
|
return 1 + JS_MAX(lh, rh);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
SetSpanDepTarget(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSSpanDep *sd,
|
|
ptrdiff_t off)
|
|
{
|
|
AddJumpTargetArgs args;
|
|
|
|
if (off < JUMPX_OFFSET_MIN || JUMPX_OFFSET_MAX < off) {
|
|
ReportStatementTooLarge(cx, cg);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
args.cx = cx;
|
|
args.cg = cg;
|
|
args.offset = sd->top + off;
|
|
args.node = NULL;
|
|
AddJumpTarget(&args, &cg->jumpTargets);
|
|
if (!args.node)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_brendan
|
|
AVLCheck(cg->jumpTargets);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
SD_SET_TARGET(sd, args.node);
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define SPANDEPS_MIN 256
|
|
#define SPANDEPS_SIZE(n) ((n) * sizeof(JSSpanDep))
|
|
#define SPANDEPS_SIZE_MIN SPANDEPS_SIZE(SPANDEPS_MIN)
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
AddSpanDep(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, jsbytecode *pc, jsbytecode *pc2,
|
|
ptrdiff_t off)
|
|
{
|
|
uintN index;
|
|
JSSpanDep *sdbase, *sd;
|
|
size_t size;
|
|
|
|
index = cg->numSpanDeps;
|
|
if (index + 1 == 0) {
|
|
ReportStatementTooLarge(cx, cg);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((index & (index - 1)) == 0 &&
|
|
(!(sdbase = cg->spanDeps) || index >= SPANDEPS_MIN)) {
|
|
size = sdbase ? SPANDEPS_SIZE(index) : SPANDEPS_SIZE_MIN / 2;
|
|
sdbase = (JSSpanDep *) cx->realloc(sdbase, size + size);
|
|
if (!sdbase)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
cg->spanDeps = sdbase;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cg->numSpanDeps = index + 1;
|
|
sd = cg->spanDeps + index;
|
|
sd->top = pc - CG_BASE(cg);
|
|
sd->offset = sd->before = pc2 - CG_BASE(cg);
|
|
|
|
if (js_CodeSpec[*pc].format & JOF_BACKPATCH) {
|
|
/* Jump offset will be backpatched if off is a non-zero "bpdelta". */
|
|
if (off != 0) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(off >= 1 + JUMP_OFFSET_LEN);
|
|
if (off > BPDELTA_MAX) {
|
|
ReportStatementTooLarge(cx, cg);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
SD_SET_BPDELTA(sd, off);
|
|
} else if (off == 0) {
|
|
/* Jump offset will be patched directly, without backpatch chaining. */
|
|
SD_SET_TARGET(sd, 0);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* The jump offset in off is non-zero, therefore it's already known. */
|
|
if (!SetSpanDepTarget(cx, cg, sd, off))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (index > SPANDEP_INDEX_MAX)
|
|
index = SPANDEP_INDEX_HUGE;
|
|
SET_SPANDEP_INDEX(pc2, index);
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static jsbytecode *
|
|
AddSwitchSpanDeps(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, jsbytecode *pc)
|
|
{
|
|
JSOp op;
|
|
jsbytecode *pc2;
|
|
ptrdiff_t off;
|
|
jsint low, high;
|
|
uintN njumps, indexlen;
|
|
|
|
op = (JSOp) *pc;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(op == JSOP_TABLESWITCH || op == JSOP_LOOKUPSWITCH);
|
|
pc2 = pc;
|
|
off = GET_JUMP_OFFSET(pc2);
|
|
if (!AddSpanDep(cx, cg, pc, pc2, off))
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
pc2 += JUMP_OFFSET_LEN;
|
|
if (op == JSOP_TABLESWITCH) {
|
|
low = GET_JUMP_OFFSET(pc2);
|
|
pc2 += JUMP_OFFSET_LEN;
|
|
high = GET_JUMP_OFFSET(pc2);
|
|
pc2 += JUMP_OFFSET_LEN;
|
|
njumps = (uintN) (high - low + 1);
|
|
indexlen = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
njumps = GET_UINT16(pc2);
|
|
pc2 += UINT16_LEN;
|
|
indexlen = INDEX_LEN;
|
|
}
|
|
while (njumps) {
|
|
--njumps;
|
|
pc2 += indexlen;
|
|
off = GET_JUMP_OFFSET(pc2);
|
|
if (!AddSpanDep(cx, cg, pc, pc2, off))
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
pc2 += JUMP_OFFSET_LEN;
|
|
}
|
|
return 1 + pc2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
BuildSpanDepTable(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
jsbytecode *pc, *end;
|
|
JSOp op;
|
|
const JSCodeSpec *cs;
|
|
ptrdiff_t off;
|
|
|
|
pc = CG_BASE(cg) + cg->spanDepTodo;
|
|
end = CG_NEXT(cg);
|
|
while (pc != end) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pc < end);
|
|
op = (JSOp)*pc;
|
|
cs = &js_CodeSpec[op];
|
|
|
|
switch (JOF_TYPE(cs->format)) {
|
|
case JOF_TABLESWITCH:
|
|
case JOF_LOOKUPSWITCH:
|
|
pc = AddSwitchSpanDeps(cx, cg, pc);
|
|
if (!pc)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case JOF_JUMP:
|
|
off = GET_JUMP_OFFSET(pc);
|
|
if (!AddSpanDep(cx, cg, pc, pc, off))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
/* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
default:
|
|
pc += cs->length;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSSpanDep *
|
|
GetSpanDep(JSCodeGenerator *cg, jsbytecode *pc)
|
|
{
|
|
uintN index;
|
|
ptrdiff_t offset;
|
|
int lo, hi, mid;
|
|
JSSpanDep *sd;
|
|
|
|
index = GET_SPANDEP_INDEX(pc);
|
|
if (index != SPANDEP_INDEX_HUGE)
|
|
return cg->spanDeps + index;
|
|
|
|
offset = pc - CG_BASE(cg);
|
|
lo = 0;
|
|
hi = cg->numSpanDeps - 1;
|
|
while (lo <= hi) {
|
|
mid = (lo + hi) / 2;
|
|
sd = cg->spanDeps + mid;
|
|
if (sd->before == offset)
|
|
return sd;
|
|
if (sd->before < offset)
|
|
lo = mid + 1;
|
|
else
|
|
hi = mid - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(0);
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
SetBackPatchDelta(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, jsbytecode *pc,
|
|
ptrdiff_t delta)
|
|
{
|
|
JSSpanDep *sd;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(delta >= 1 + JUMP_OFFSET_LEN);
|
|
if (!cg->spanDeps && delta < JUMP_OFFSET_MAX) {
|
|
SET_JUMP_OFFSET(pc, delta);
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (delta > BPDELTA_MAX) {
|
|
ReportStatementTooLarge(cx, cg);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!cg->spanDeps && !BuildSpanDepTable(cx, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
sd = GetSpanDep(cg, pc);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(SD_GET_BPDELTA(sd) == 0);
|
|
SD_SET_BPDELTA(sd, delta);
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
UpdateJumpTargets(JSJumpTarget *jt, ptrdiff_t pivot, ptrdiff_t delta)
|
|
{
|
|
if (jt->offset > pivot) {
|
|
jt->offset += delta;
|
|
if (jt->kids[JT_LEFT])
|
|
UpdateJumpTargets(jt->kids[JT_LEFT], pivot, delta);
|
|
}
|
|
if (jt->kids[JT_RIGHT])
|
|
UpdateJumpTargets(jt->kids[JT_RIGHT], pivot, delta);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSSpanDep *
|
|
FindNearestSpanDep(JSCodeGenerator *cg, ptrdiff_t offset, int lo,
|
|
JSSpanDep *guard)
|
|
{
|
|
int num, hi, mid;
|
|
JSSpanDep *sdbase, *sd;
|
|
|
|
num = cg->numSpanDeps;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(num > 0);
|
|
hi = num - 1;
|
|
sdbase = cg->spanDeps;
|
|
while (lo <= hi) {
|
|
mid = (lo + hi) / 2;
|
|
sd = sdbase + mid;
|
|
if (sd->before == offset)
|
|
return sd;
|
|
if (sd->before < offset)
|
|
lo = mid + 1;
|
|
else
|
|
hi = mid - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (lo == num)
|
|
return guard;
|
|
sd = sdbase + lo;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(sd->before >= offset && (lo == 0 || sd[-1].before < offset));
|
|
return sd;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
FreeJumpTargets(JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSJumpTarget *jt)
|
|
{
|
|
if (jt->kids[JT_LEFT])
|
|
FreeJumpTargets(cg, jt->kids[JT_LEFT]);
|
|
if (jt->kids[JT_RIGHT])
|
|
FreeJumpTargets(cg, jt->kids[JT_RIGHT]);
|
|
jt->kids[JT_LEFT] = cg->jtFreeList;
|
|
cg->jtFreeList = jt;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
OptimizeSpanDeps(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
jsbytecode *pc, *oldpc, *base, *limit, *next;
|
|
JSSpanDep *sd, *sd2, *sdbase, *sdlimit, *sdtop, guard;
|
|
ptrdiff_t offset, growth, delta, top, pivot, span, length, target;
|
|
JSBool done;
|
|
JSOp op;
|
|
uint32 type;
|
|
size_t size, incr;
|
|
jssrcnote *sn, *snlimit;
|
|
JSSrcNoteSpec *spec;
|
|
uintN i, n, noteIndex;
|
|
JSTryNode *tryNode;
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_brendan
|
|
int passes = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
base = CG_BASE(cg);
|
|
sdbase = cg->spanDeps;
|
|
sdlimit = sdbase + cg->numSpanDeps;
|
|
offset = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
growth = 0;
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
done = JS_TRUE;
|
|
delta = 0;
|
|
top = pivot = -1;
|
|
sdtop = NULL;
|
|
pc = NULL;
|
|
op = JSOP_NOP;
|
|
type = 0;
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_brendan
|
|
passes++;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
for (sd = sdbase; sd < sdlimit; sd++) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(JT_HAS_TAG(sd->target));
|
|
sd->offset += delta;
|
|
|
|
if (sd->top != top) {
|
|
sdtop = sd;
|
|
top = sd->top;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(top == sd->before);
|
|
pivot = sd->offset;
|
|
pc = base + top;
|
|
op = (JSOp) *pc;
|
|
type = JOF_OPTYPE(op);
|
|
if (JOF_TYPE_IS_EXTENDED_JUMP(type)) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* We already extended all the jump offset operands for
|
|
* the opcode at sd->top. Jumps and branches have only
|
|
* one jump offset operand, but switches have many, all
|
|
* of which are adjacent in cg->spanDeps.
|
|
*/
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(type == JOF_JUMP ||
|
|
type == JOF_TABLESWITCH ||
|
|
type == JOF_LOOKUPSWITCH);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!JOF_TYPE_IS_EXTENDED_JUMP(type)) {
|
|
span = SD_SPAN(sd, pivot);
|
|
if (span < JUMP_OFFSET_MIN || JUMP_OFFSET_MAX < span) {
|
|
ptrdiff_t deltaFromTop = 0;
|
|
|
|
done = JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
switch (op) {
|
|
case JSOP_GOTO: op = JSOP_GOTOX; break;
|
|
case JSOP_IFEQ: op = JSOP_IFEQX; break;
|
|
case JSOP_IFNE: op = JSOP_IFNEX; break;
|
|
case JSOP_OR: op = JSOP_ORX; break;
|
|
case JSOP_AND: op = JSOP_ANDX; break;
|
|
case JSOP_GOSUB: op = JSOP_GOSUBX; break;
|
|
case JSOP_CASE: op = JSOP_CASEX; break;
|
|
case JSOP_DEFAULT: op = JSOP_DEFAULTX; break;
|
|
case JSOP_TABLESWITCH: op = JSOP_TABLESWITCHX; break;
|
|
case JSOP_LOOKUPSWITCH: op = JSOP_LOOKUPSWITCHX; break;
|
|
default:
|
|
ReportStatementTooLarge(cx, cg);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
*pc = (jsbytecode) op;
|
|
|
|
for (sd2 = sdtop; sd2 < sdlimit && sd2->top == top; sd2++) {
|
|
if (sd2 <= sd) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* sd2->offset already includes delta as it stood
|
|
* before we entered this loop, but it must also
|
|
* include the delta relative to top due to all the
|
|
* extended jump offset immediates for the opcode
|
|
* starting at top, which we extend in this loop.
|
|
*
|
|
* If there is only one extended jump offset, then
|
|
* sd2->offset won't change and this for loop will
|
|
* iterate once only.
|
|
*/
|
|
sd2->offset += deltaFromTop;
|
|
deltaFromTop += JUMPX_OFFSET_LEN - JUMP_OFFSET_LEN;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/*
|
|
* sd2 comes after sd, and won't be revisited by
|
|
* the outer for loop, so we have to increase its
|
|
* offset by delta, not merely by deltaFromTop.
|
|
*/
|
|
sd2->offset += delta;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
delta += JUMPX_OFFSET_LEN - JUMP_OFFSET_LEN;
|
|
UpdateJumpTargets(cg->jumpTargets, sd2->offset,
|
|
JUMPX_OFFSET_LEN - JUMP_OFFSET_LEN);
|
|
}
|
|
sd = sd2 - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
growth += delta;
|
|
} while (!done);
|
|
|
|
if (growth) {
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_brendan
|
|
TokenStream *ts = &cg->parser->tokenStream;
|
|
|
|
printf("%s:%u: %u/%u jumps extended in %d passes (%d=%d+%d)\n",
|
|
ts->filename ? ts->filename : "stdin", cg->firstLine,
|
|
growth / (JUMPX_OFFSET_LEN - JUMP_OFFSET_LEN), cg->numSpanDeps,
|
|
passes, offset + growth, offset, growth);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Ensure that we have room for the extended jumps, but don't round up
|
|
* to a power of two -- we're done generating code, so we cut to fit.
|
|
*/
|
|
limit = CG_LIMIT(cg);
|
|
length = offset + growth;
|
|
next = base + length;
|
|
if (next > limit) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(length > BYTECODE_CHUNK);
|
|
size = BYTECODE_SIZE(limit - base);
|
|
incr = BYTECODE_SIZE(length) - size;
|
|
JS_ARENA_GROW_CAST(base, jsbytecode *, cg->codePool, size, incr);
|
|
if (!base) {
|
|
js_ReportOutOfScriptQuota(cx);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
CG_BASE(cg) = base;
|
|
CG_LIMIT(cg) = next = base + length;
|
|
}
|
|
CG_NEXT(cg) = next;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set up a fake span dependency record to guard the end of the code
|
|
* being generated. This guard record is returned as a fencepost by
|
|
* FindNearestSpanDep if there is no real spandep at or above a given
|
|
* unextended code offset.
|
|
*/
|
|
guard.top = -1;
|
|
guard.offset = offset + growth;
|
|
guard.before = offset;
|
|
guard.target = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now work backwards through the span dependencies, copying chunks of
|
|
* bytecode between each extended jump toward the end of the grown code
|
|
* space, and restoring immediate offset operands for all jump bytecodes.
|
|
* The first chunk of bytecodes, starting at base and ending at the first
|
|
* extended jump offset (NB: this chunk includes the operation bytecode
|
|
* just before that immediate jump offset), doesn't need to be copied.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(sd == sdlimit);
|
|
top = -1;
|
|
while (--sd >= sdbase) {
|
|
if (sd->top != top) {
|
|
top = sd->top;
|
|
op = (JSOp) base[top];
|
|
type = JOF_OPTYPE(op);
|
|
|
|
for (sd2 = sd - 1; sd2 >= sdbase && sd2->top == top; sd2--)
|
|
continue;
|
|
sd2++;
|
|
pivot = sd2->offset;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(top == sd2->before);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
oldpc = base + sd->before;
|
|
span = SD_SPAN(sd, pivot);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If this jump didn't need to be extended, restore its span immediate
|
|
* offset operand now, overwriting the index of sd within cg->spanDeps
|
|
* that was stored temporarily after *pc when BuildSpanDepTable ran.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that span might fit in 16 bits even for an extended jump op,
|
|
* if the op has multiple span operands, not all of which overflowed
|
|
* (e.g. JSOP_LOOKUPSWITCH or JSOP_TABLESWITCH where some cases are in
|
|
* range for a short jump, but others are not).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!JOF_TYPE_IS_EXTENDED_JUMP(type)) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(JUMP_OFFSET_MIN <= span && span <= JUMP_OFFSET_MAX);
|
|
SET_JUMP_OFFSET(oldpc, span);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set up parameters needed to copy the next run of bytecode starting
|
|
* at offset (which is a cursor into the unextended, original bytecode
|
|
* vector), down to sd->before (a cursor of the same scale as offset,
|
|
* it's the index of the original jump pc). Reuse delta to count the
|
|
* nominal number of bytes to copy.
|
|
*/
|
|
pc = base + sd->offset;
|
|
delta = offset - sd->before;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(delta >= 1 + JUMP_OFFSET_LEN);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't bother copying the jump offset we're about to reset, but do
|
|
* copy the bytecode at oldpc (which comes just before its immediate
|
|
* jump offset operand), on the next iteration through the loop, by
|
|
* including it in offset's new value.
|
|
*/
|
|
offset = sd->before + 1;
|
|
size = BYTECODE_SIZE(delta - (1 + JUMP_OFFSET_LEN));
|
|
if (size) {
|
|
memmove(pc + 1 + JUMPX_OFFSET_LEN,
|
|
oldpc + 1 + JUMP_OFFSET_LEN,
|
|
size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SET_JUMPX_OFFSET(pc, span);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (growth) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Fix source note deltas. Don't hardwire the delta fixup adjustment,
|
|
* even though currently it must be JUMPX_OFFSET_LEN - JUMP_OFFSET_LEN
|
|
* at each sd that moved. The future may bring different offset sizes
|
|
* for span-dependent instruction operands. However, we fix only main
|
|
* notes here, not prolog notes -- we know that prolog opcodes are not
|
|
* span-dependent, and aren't likely ever to be.
|
|
*/
|
|
offset = growth = 0;
|
|
sd = sdbase;
|
|
for (sn = cg->main.notes, snlimit = sn + cg->main.noteCount;
|
|
sn < snlimit;
|
|
sn = SN_NEXT(sn)) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recall that the offset of a given note includes its delta, and
|
|
* tells the offset of the annotated bytecode from the main entry
|
|
* point of the script.
|
|
*/
|
|
offset += SN_DELTA(sn);
|
|
while (sd < sdlimit && sd->before < offset) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* To compute the delta to add to sn, we need to look at the
|
|
* spandep after sd, whose offset - (before + growth) tells by
|
|
* how many bytes sd's instruction grew.
|
|
*/
|
|
sd2 = sd + 1;
|
|
if (sd2 == sdlimit)
|
|
sd2 = &guard;
|
|
delta = sd2->offset - (sd2->before + growth);
|
|
if (delta > 0) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(delta == JUMPX_OFFSET_LEN - JUMP_OFFSET_LEN);
|
|
sn = js_AddToSrcNoteDelta(cx, cg, sn, delta);
|
|
if (!sn)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
snlimit = cg->main.notes + cg->main.noteCount;
|
|
growth += delta;
|
|
}
|
|
sd++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If sn has span-dependent offset operands, check whether each
|
|
* covers further span-dependencies, and increase those operands
|
|
* accordingly. Some source notes measure offset not from the
|
|
* annotated pc, but from that pc plus some small bias. NB: we
|
|
* assume that spec->offsetBias can't itself span span-dependent
|
|
* instructions!
|
|
*/
|
|
spec = &js_SrcNoteSpec[SN_TYPE(sn)];
|
|
if (spec->isSpanDep) {
|
|
pivot = offset + spec->offsetBias;
|
|
n = spec->arity;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
|
|
span = js_GetSrcNoteOffset(sn, i);
|
|
if (span == 0)
|
|
continue;
|
|
target = pivot + span * spec->isSpanDep;
|
|
sd2 = FindNearestSpanDep(cg, target,
|
|
(target >= pivot)
|
|
? sd - sdbase
|
|
: 0,
|
|
&guard);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Increase target by sd2's before-vs-after offset delta,
|
|
* which is absolute (i.e., relative to start of script,
|
|
* as is target). Recompute the span by subtracting its
|
|
* adjusted pivot from target.
|
|
*/
|
|
target += sd2->offset - sd2->before;
|
|
span = target - (pivot + growth);
|
|
span *= spec->isSpanDep;
|
|
noteIndex = sn - cg->main.notes;
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, noteIndex, i, span))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
sn = cg->main.notes + noteIndex;
|
|
snlimit = cg->main.notes + cg->main.noteCount;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
cg->main.lastNoteOffset += growth;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Fix try/catch notes (O(numTryNotes * log2(numSpanDeps)), but it's
|
|
* not clear how we can beat that).
|
|
*/
|
|
for (tryNode = cg->lastTryNode; tryNode; tryNode = tryNode->prev) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* First, look for the nearest span dependency at/above tn->start.
|
|
* There may not be any such spandep, in which case the guard will
|
|
* be returned.
|
|
*/
|
|
offset = tryNode->note.start;
|
|
sd = FindNearestSpanDep(cg, offset, 0, &guard);
|
|
delta = sd->offset - sd->before;
|
|
tryNode->note.start = offset + delta;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Next, find the nearest spandep at/above tn->start + tn->length.
|
|
* Use its delta minus tn->start's delta to increase tn->length.
|
|
*/
|
|
length = tryNode->note.length;
|
|
sd2 = FindNearestSpanDep(cg, offset + length, sd - sdbase, &guard);
|
|
if (sd2 != sd) {
|
|
tryNode->note.length =
|
|
length + sd2->offset - sd2->before - delta;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_brendan
|
|
{
|
|
uintN bigspans = 0;
|
|
top = -1;
|
|
for (sd = sdbase; sd < sdlimit; sd++) {
|
|
offset = sd->offset;
|
|
|
|
/* NB: sd->top cursors into the original, unextended bytecode vector. */
|
|
if (sd->top != top) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(top == -1 ||
|
|
!JOF_TYPE_IS_EXTENDED_JUMP(type) ||
|
|
bigspans != 0);
|
|
bigspans = 0;
|
|
top = sd->top;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(top == sd->before);
|
|
op = (JSOp) base[offset];
|
|
type = JOF_OPTYPE(op);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(type == JOF_JUMP ||
|
|
type == JOF_JUMPX ||
|
|
type == JOF_TABLESWITCH ||
|
|
type == JOF_TABLESWITCHX ||
|
|
type == JOF_LOOKUPSWITCH ||
|
|
type == JOF_LOOKUPSWITCHX);
|
|
pivot = offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pc = base + offset;
|
|
if (JOF_TYPE_IS_EXTENDED_JUMP(type)) {
|
|
span = GET_JUMPX_OFFSET(pc);
|
|
if (span < JUMP_OFFSET_MIN || JUMP_OFFSET_MAX < span) {
|
|
bigspans++;
|
|
} else {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(type == JOF_TABLESWITCHX ||
|
|
type == JOF_LOOKUPSWITCHX);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
span = GET_JUMP_OFFSET(pc);
|
|
}
|
|
JS_ASSERT(SD_SPAN(sd, pivot) == span);
|
|
}
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!JOF_TYPE_IS_EXTENDED_JUMP(type) || bigspans != 0);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Reset so we optimize at most once -- cg may be used for further code
|
|
* generation of successive, independent, top-level statements. No jump
|
|
* can span top-level statements, because JS lacks goto.
|
|
*/
|
|
size = SPANDEPS_SIZE(JS_BIT(JS_CeilingLog2(cg->numSpanDeps)));
|
|
cx->free(cg->spanDeps);
|
|
cg->spanDeps = NULL;
|
|
FreeJumpTargets(cg, cg->jumpTargets);
|
|
cg->jumpTargets = NULL;
|
|
cg->numSpanDeps = cg->numJumpTargets = 0;
|
|
cg->spanDepTodo = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static ptrdiff_t
|
|
EmitJump(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSOp op, ptrdiff_t off)
|
|
{
|
|
JSBool extend;
|
|
ptrdiff_t jmp;
|
|
jsbytecode *pc;
|
|
|
|
extend = off < JUMP_OFFSET_MIN || JUMP_OFFSET_MAX < off;
|
|
if (extend && !cg->spanDeps && !BuildSpanDepTable(cx, cg))
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
jmp = js_Emit3(cx, cg, op, JUMP_OFFSET_HI(off), JUMP_OFFSET_LO(off));
|
|
if (jmp >= 0 && (extend || cg->spanDeps)) {
|
|
pc = CG_CODE(cg, jmp);
|
|
if (!AddSpanDep(cx, cg, pc, pc, off))
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
return jmp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static ptrdiff_t
|
|
GetJumpOffset(JSCodeGenerator *cg, jsbytecode *pc)
|
|
{
|
|
JSSpanDep *sd;
|
|
JSJumpTarget *jt;
|
|
ptrdiff_t top;
|
|
|
|
if (!cg->spanDeps)
|
|
return GET_JUMP_OFFSET(pc);
|
|
|
|
sd = GetSpanDep(cg, pc);
|
|
jt = sd->target;
|
|
if (!JT_HAS_TAG(jt))
|
|
return JT_TO_BPDELTA(jt);
|
|
|
|
top = sd->top;
|
|
while (--sd >= cg->spanDeps && sd->top == top)
|
|
continue;
|
|
sd++;
|
|
return JT_CLR_TAG(jt)->offset - sd->offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JSBool
|
|
js_SetJumpOffset(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, jsbytecode *pc,
|
|
ptrdiff_t off)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!cg->spanDeps) {
|
|
if (JUMP_OFFSET_MIN <= off && off <= JUMP_OFFSET_MAX) {
|
|
SET_JUMP_OFFSET(pc, off);
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!BuildSpanDepTable(cx, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return SetSpanDepTarget(cx, cg, GetSpanDep(cg, pc), off);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
JSTreeContext::inStatement(JSStmtType type)
|
|
{
|
|
for (JSStmtInfo *stmt = topStmt; stmt; stmt = stmt->down) {
|
|
if (stmt->type == type)
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
JSTreeContext::ensureSharpSlots()
|
|
{
|
|
#if JS_HAS_SHARP_VARS
|
|
JS_STATIC_ASSERT(SHARP_NSLOTS == 2);
|
|
|
|
if (sharpSlotBase >= 0) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(flags & TCF_HAS_SHARPS);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!(flags & TCF_HAS_SHARPS));
|
|
if (inFunction()) {
|
|
JSContext *cx = parser->context;
|
|
JSAtom *sharpArrayAtom = js_Atomize(cx, "#array", 6, 0);
|
|
JSAtom *sharpDepthAtom = js_Atomize(cx, "#depth", 6, 0);
|
|
if (!sharpArrayAtom || !sharpDepthAtom)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
sharpSlotBase = fun->u.i.nvars;
|
|
if (!js_AddLocal(cx, fun, sharpArrayAtom, JSLOCAL_VAR))
|
|
return false;
|
|
if (!js_AddLocal(cx, fun, sharpDepthAtom, JSLOCAL_VAR))
|
|
return false;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compiler::compileScript will rebase immediate operands indexing
|
|
* the sharp slots to come at the end of the global script's |nfixed|
|
|
* slots storage, after gvars and regexps.
|
|
*/
|
|
sharpSlotBase = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
flags |= TCF_HAS_SHARPS;
|
|
#endif
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
JSTreeContext::skipSpansGenerator(unsigned skip)
|
|
{
|
|
JSTreeContext *tc = this;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i < skip; ++i, tc = tc->parent) {
|
|
if (!tc)
|
|
return false;
|
|
if (tc->flags & TCF_FUN_IS_GENERATOR)
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
js_PushStatement(JSTreeContext *tc, JSStmtInfo *stmt, JSStmtType type,
|
|
ptrdiff_t top)
|
|
{
|
|
stmt->type = type;
|
|
stmt->flags = 0;
|
|
stmt->blockid = tc->blockid();
|
|
SET_STATEMENT_TOP(stmt, top);
|
|
stmt->label = NULL;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!stmt->blockObj);
|
|
stmt->down = tc->topStmt;
|
|
tc->topStmt = stmt;
|
|
if (STMT_LINKS_SCOPE(stmt)) {
|
|
stmt->downScope = tc->topScopeStmt;
|
|
tc->topScopeStmt = stmt;
|
|
} else {
|
|
stmt->downScope = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
js_PushBlockScope(JSTreeContext *tc, JSStmtInfo *stmt, JSObject *blockObj,
|
|
ptrdiff_t top)
|
|
{
|
|
js_PushStatement(tc, stmt, STMT_BLOCK, top);
|
|
stmt->flags |= SIF_SCOPE;
|
|
blockObj->setParent(tc->blockChain);
|
|
stmt->downScope = tc->topScopeStmt;
|
|
tc->topScopeStmt = stmt;
|
|
tc->blockChain = blockObj;
|
|
stmt->blockObj = blockObj;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit a backpatch op with offset pointing to the previous jump of this type,
|
|
* so that we can walk back up the chain fixing up the op and jump offset.
|
|
*/
|
|
static ptrdiff_t
|
|
EmitBackPatchOp(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSOp op, ptrdiff_t *lastp)
|
|
{
|
|
ptrdiff_t offset, delta;
|
|
|
|
offset = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
delta = offset - *lastp;
|
|
*lastp = offset;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(delta > 0);
|
|
return EmitJump(cx, cg, op, delta);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Macro to emit a bytecode followed by a uint16 immediate operand stored in
|
|
* big-endian order, used for arg and var numbers as well as for atomIndexes.
|
|
* NB: We use cx and cg from our caller's lexical environment, and return
|
|
* false on error.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(op, i) \
|
|
JS_BEGIN_MACRO \
|
|
if (js_Emit3(cx, cg, op, UINT16_HI(i), UINT16_LO(i)) < 0) \
|
|
return JS_FALSE; \
|
|
JS_END_MACRO
|
|
|
|
#define EMIT_UINT16PAIR_IMM_OP(op, i, j) \
|
|
JS_BEGIN_MACRO \
|
|
ptrdiff_t off_ = js_EmitN(cx, cg, op, 2 * UINT16_LEN); \
|
|
if (off_ < 0) \
|
|
return JS_FALSE; \
|
|
jsbytecode *pc_ = CG_CODE(cg, off_); \
|
|
SET_UINT16(pc_, i); \
|
|
pc_ += UINT16_LEN; \
|
|
SET_UINT16(pc_, j); \
|
|
JS_END_MACRO
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
FlushPops(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, intN *npops)
|
|
{
|
|
JS_ASSERT(*npops != 0);
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_HIDDEN) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_POPN, *npops);
|
|
*npops = 0;
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit additional bytecode(s) for non-local jumps.
|
|
*/
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitNonLocalJumpFixup(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSStmtInfo *toStmt)
|
|
{
|
|
intN depth, npops;
|
|
JSStmtInfo *stmt;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The non-local jump fixup we emit will unbalance cg->stackDepth, because
|
|
* the fixup replicates balanced code such as JSOP_LEAVEWITH emitted at the
|
|
* end of a with statement, so we save cg->stackDepth here and restore it
|
|
* just before a successful return.
|
|
*/
|
|
depth = cg->stackDepth;
|
|
npops = 0;
|
|
|
|
#define FLUSH_POPS() if (npops && !FlushPops(cx, cg, &npops)) return JS_FALSE
|
|
|
|
for (stmt = cg->topStmt; stmt != toStmt; stmt = stmt->down) {
|
|
switch (stmt->type) {
|
|
case STMT_FINALLY:
|
|
FLUSH_POPS();
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_HIDDEN) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (EmitBackPatchOp(cx, cg, JSOP_BACKPATCH, &GOSUBS(*stmt)) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STMT_WITH:
|
|
/* There's a With object on the stack that we need to pop. */
|
|
FLUSH_POPS();
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_HIDDEN) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_LEAVEWITH) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STMT_FOR_IN_LOOP:
|
|
/*
|
|
* The iterator and the object being iterated need to be popped.
|
|
*/
|
|
FLUSH_POPS();
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_HIDDEN) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ENDITER) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STMT_SUBROUTINE:
|
|
/*
|
|
* There's a [exception or hole, retsub pc-index] pair on the
|
|
* stack that we need to pop.
|
|
*/
|
|
npops += 2;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (stmt->flags & SIF_SCOPE) {
|
|
uintN i;
|
|
|
|
/* There is a Block object with locals on the stack to pop. */
|
|
FLUSH_POPS();
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_HIDDEN) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
i = OBJ_BLOCK_COUNT(cx, stmt->blockObj);
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_LEAVEBLOCK, i);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
FLUSH_POPS();
|
|
cg->stackDepth = depth;
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
#undef FLUSH_POPS
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static ptrdiff_t
|
|
EmitGoto(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSStmtInfo *toStmt,
|
|
ptrdiff_t *lastp, JSAtomListElement *label, JSSrcNoteType noteType)
|
|
{
|
|
intN index;
|
|
|
|
if (!EmitNonLocalJumpFixup(cx, cg, toStmt))
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
if (label)
|
|
index = js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, noteType, (ptrdiff_t) ALE_INDEX(label));
|
|
else if (noteType != SRC_NULL)
|
|
index = js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, noteType);
|
|
else
|
|
index = 0;
|
|
if (index < 0)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
return EmitBackPatchOp(cx, cg, JSOP_BACKPATCH, lastp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
BackPatch(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, ptrdiff_t last,
|
|
jsbytecode *target, jsbytecode op)
|
|
{
|
|
jsbytecode *pc, *stop;
|
|
ptrdiff_t delta, span;
|
|
|
|
pc = CG_CODE(cg, last);
|
|
stop = CG_CODE(cg, -1);
|
|
while (pc != stop) {
|
|
delta = GetJumpOffset(cg, pc);
|
|
span = target - pc;
|
|
CHECK_AND_SET_JUMP_OFFSET(cx, cg, pc, span);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set *pc after jump offset in case bpdelta didn't overflow, but span
|
|
* does (if so, CHECK_AND_SET_JUMP_OFFSET might call BuildSpanDepTable
|
|
* and need to see the JSOP_BACKPATCH* op at *pc).
|
|
*/
|
|
*pc = op;
|
|
pc -= delta;
|
|
}
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
js_PopStatement(JSTreeContext *tc)
|
|
{
|
|
JSStmtInfo *stmt;
|
|
|
|
stmt = tc->topStmt;
|
|
tc->topStmt = stmt->down;
|
|
if (STMT_LINKS_SCOPE(stmt)) {
|
|
tc->topScopeStmt = stmt->downScope;
|
|
if (stmt->flags & SIF_SCOPE) {
|
|
tc->blockChain = stmt->blockObj->getParent();
|
|
JS_SCOPE_DEPTH_METERING(--tc->scopeDepth);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JSBool
|
|
js_PopStatementCG(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
JSStmtInfo *stmt;
|
|
|
|
stmt = cg->topStmt;
|
|
if (!STMT_IS_TRYING(stmt) &&
|
|
(!BackPatch(cx, cg, stmt->breaks, CG_NEXT(cg), JSOP_GOTO) ||
|
|
!BackPatch(cx, cg, stmt->continues, CG_CODE(cg, stmt->update),
|
|
JSOP_GOTO))) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
js_PopStatement(cg);
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JSBool
|
|
js_DefineCompileTimeConstant(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSAtom *atom,
|
|
JSParseNode *pn)
|
|
{
|
|
jsdouble dval;
|
|
jsint ival;
|
|
JSAtom *valueAtom;
|
|
jsval v;
|
|
|
|
/* XXX just do numbers for now */
|
|
if (pn->pn_type == TOK_NUMBER) {
|
|
dval = pn->pn_dval;
|
|
if (JSDOUBLE_IS_INT(dval, ival) && INT_FITS_IN_JSVAL(ival)) {
|
|
v = INT_TO_JSVAL(ival);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/*
|
|
* We atomize double to root a jsdouble instance that we wrap as
|
|
* jsval and store in cg->constList. This works because atoms are
|
|
* protected from GC during compilation.
|
|
*/
|
|
valueAtom = js_AtomizeDouble(cx, dval);
|
|
if (!valueAtom)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
v = ATOM_KEY(valueAtom);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!cg->constMap.put(atom, v))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JSStmtInfo *
|
|
js_LexicalLookup(JSTreeContext *tc, JSAtom *atom, jsint *slotp, JSStmtInfo *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
JSObject *obj;
|
|
JSScope *scope;
|
|
JSScopeProperty *sprop;
|
|
|
|
if (!stmt)
|
|
stmt = tc->topScopeStmt;
|
|
for (; stmt; stmt = stmt->downScope) {
|
|
if (stmt->type == STMT_WITH)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* Skip "maybe scope" statements that don't contain let bindings. */
|
|
if (!(stmt->flags & SIF_SCOPE))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
obj = stmt->blockObj;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(obj->getClass() == &js_BlockClass);
|
|
scope = obj->scope();
|
|
sprop = scope->lookup(ATOM_TO_JSID(atom));
|
|
if (sprop) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(sprop->hasShortID());
|
|
|
|
if (slotp) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(JSVAL_IS_INT(obj->fslots[JSSLOT_BLOCK_DEPTH]));
|
|
*slotp = JSVAL_TO_INT(obj->fslots[JSSLOT_BLOCK_DEPTH]) +
|
|
sprop->shortid;
|
|
}
|
|
return stmt;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (slotp)
|
|
*slotp = -1;
|
|
return stmt;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The function sets vp to JSVAL_HOLE when the atom does not corresponds to a
|
|
* name defining a constant.
|
|
*/
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
LookupCompileTimeConstant(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSAtom *atom,
|
|
jsval *vp)
|
|
{
|
|
JSStmtInfo *stmt;
|
|
JSObject *obj;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Chase down the cg stack, but only until we reach the outermost cg.
|
|
* This enables propagating consts from top-level into switch cases in a
|
|
* function compiled along with the top-level script.
|
|
*/
|
|
*vp = JSVAL_HOLE;
|
|
do {
|
|
if (cg->inFunction() || cg->compileAndGo()) {
|
|
/* XXX this will need revising if 'const' becomes block-scoped. */
|
|
stmt = js_LexicalLookup(cg, atom, NULL);
|
|
if (stmt)
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (JSCodeGenerator::ConstMap::Ptr p = cg->constMap.lookup(atom)) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(p->value != JSVAL_HOLE);
|
|
*vp = p->value;
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try looking in the variable object for a direct property that
|
|
* is readonly and permanent. We know such a property can't be
|
|
* shadowed by another property on obj's prototype chain, or a
|
|
* with object or catch variable; nor can prop's value be changed,
|
|
* nor can prop be deleted.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cg->inFunction()) {
|
|
if (js_LookupLocal(cx, cg->fun, atom, NULL) != JSLOCAL_NONE)
|
|
break;
|
|
} else {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->compileAndGo());
|
|
obj = cg->scopeChain;
|
|
|
|
JS_LOCK_OBJ(cx, obj);
|
|
JSScope *scope = obj->scope();
|
|
JSScopeProperty *sprop = scope->lookup(ATOM_TO_JSID(atom));
|
|
if (sprop) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* We're compiling code that will be executed immediately,
|
|
* not re-executed against a different scope chain and/or
|
|
* variable object. Therefore we can get constant values
|
|
* from our variable object here.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!sprop->writable() && !sprop->configurable() &&
|
|
sprop->hasDefaultGetter() && SPROP_HAS_VALID_SLOT(sprop, scope)) {
|
|
*vp = obj->lockedGetSlot(sprop->slot);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
JS_UNLOCK_SCOPE(cx, scope);
|
|
|
|
if (sprop)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} while ((cg = (JSCodeGenerator *) cg->parent) != NULL);
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return JSOP_NOP to indicate that index fits 2 bytes and no index segment
|
|
* reset instruction is necessary, JSOP_FALSE to indicate an error or either
|
|
* JSOP_RESETBASE0 or JSOP_RESETBASE1 to indicate the reset bytecode to issue
|
|
* after the main bytecode sequence.
|
|
*/
|
|
static JSOp
|
|
EmitBigIndexPrefix(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, uintN index)
|
|
{
|
|
uintN indexBase;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We have max 3 bytes for indexes and check for INDEX_LIMIT overflow only
|
|
* for big indexes.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_STATIC_ASSERT(INDEX_LIMIT <= JS_BIT(24));
|
|
JS_STATIC_ASSERT(INDEX_LIMIT >=
|
|
(JSOP_INDEXBASE3 - JSOP_INDEXBASE1 + 2) << 16);
|
|
|
|
if (index < JS_BIT(16))
|
|
return JSOP_NOP;
|
|
indexBase = index >> 16;
|
|
if (indexBase <= JSOP_INDEXBASE3 - JSOP_INDEXBASE1 + 1) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, (JSOp)(JSOP_INDEXBASE1 + indexBase - 1)) < 0)
|
|
return JSOP_FALSE;
|
|
return JSOP_RESETBASE0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (index >= INDEX_LIMIT) {
|
|
JS_ReportErrorNumber(cx, js_GetErrorMessage, NULL,
|
|
JSMSG_TOO_MANY_LITERALS);
|
|
return JSOP_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (js_Emit2(cx, cg, JSOP_INDEXBASE, (JSOp)indexBase) < 0)
|
|
return JSOP_FALSE;
|
|
return JSOP_RESETBASE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit a bytecode and its 2-byte constant index immediate operand. If the
|
|
* index requires more than 2 bytes, emit a prefix op whose 8-bit immediate
|
|
* operand effectively extends the 16-bit immediate of the prefixed opcode,
|
|
* by changing index "segment" (see jsinterp.c). We optimize segments 1-3
|
|
* with single-byte JSOP_INDEXBASE[123] codes.
|
|
*
|
|
* Such prefixing currently requires a suffix to restore the "zero segment"
|
|
* register setting, but this could be optimized further.
|
|
*/
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitIndexOp(JSContext *cx, JSOp op, uintN index, JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
JSOp bigSuffix;
|
|
|
|
bigSuffix = EmitBigIndexPrefix(cx, cg, index);
|
|
if (bigSuffix == JSOP_FALSE)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(op, index);
|
|
return bigSuffix == JSOP_NOP || js_Emit1(cx, cg, bigSuffix) >= 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Slight sugar for EmitIndexOp, again accessing cx and cg from the macro
|
|
* caller's lexical environment, and embedding a false return on error.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define EMIT_INDEX_OP(op, index) \
|
|
JS_BEGIN_MACRO \
|
|
if (!EmitIndexOp(cx, op, index, cg)) \
|
|
return JS_FALSE; \
|
|
JS_END_MACRO
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitAtomOp(JSContext *cx, JSParseNode *pn, JSOp op, JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
JSAtomListElement *ale;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(JOF_OPTYPE(op) == JOF_ATOM);
|
|
if (op == JSOP_GETPROP &&
|
|
pn->pn_atom == cx->runtime->atomState.lengthAtom) {
|
|
return js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_LENGTH) >= 0;
|
|
}
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, pn->pn_atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
return EmitIndexOp(cx, op, ALE_INDEX(ale), cg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitObjectOp(JSContext *cx, JSObjectBox *objbox, JSOp op,
|
|
JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
JS_ASSERT(JOF_OPTYPE(op) == JOF_OBJECT);
|
|
return EmitIndexOp(cx, op, cg->objectList.index(objbox), cg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* What good are ARGNO_LEN and SLOTNO_LEN, you ask? The answer is that, apart
|
|
* from EmitSlotIndexOp, they abstract out the detail that both are 2, and in
|
|
* other parts of the code there's no necessary relationship between the two.
|
|
* The abstraction cracks here in order to share EmitSlotIndexOp code among
|
|
* the JSOP_DEFLOCALFUN and JSOP_GET{ARG,VAR,LOCAL}PROP cases.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_STATIC_ASSERT(ARGNO_LEN == 2);
|
|
JS_STATIC_ASSERT(SLOTNO_LEN == 2);
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitSlotIndexOp(JSContext *cx, JSOp op, uintN slot, uintN index,
|
|
JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
JSOp bigSuffix;
|
|
ptrdiff_t off;
|
|
jsbytecode *pc;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(JOF_OPTYPE(op) == JOF_SLOTATOM ||
|
|
JOF_OPTYPE(op) == JOF_SLOTOBJECT);
|
|
bigSuffix = EmitBigIndexPrefix(cx, cg, index);
|
|
if (bigSuffix == JSOP_FALSE)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Emit [op, slot, index]. */
|
|
off = js_EmitN(cx, cg, op, 2 + INDEX_LEN);
|
|
if (off < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
pc = CG_CODE(cg, off);
|
|
SET_UINT16(pc, slot);
|
|
pc += 2;
|
|
SET_INDEX(pc, index);
|
|
return bigSuffix == JSOP_NOP || js_Emit1(cx, cg, bigSuffix) >= 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Adjust the slot for a block local to account for the number of variables
|
|
* that share the same index space with locals. Due to the incremental code
|
|
* generation for top-level script, we do the adjustment via code patching in
|
|
* Compiler::compileScript; see comments there.
|
|
*
|
|
* The function returns -1 on failures.
|
|
*/
|
|
static jsint
|
|
AdjustBlockSlot(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, jsint slot)
|
|
{
|
|
JS_ASSERT((jsuint) slot < cg->maxStackDepth);
|
|
if (cg->inFunction()) {
|
|
slot += cg->fun->u.i.nvars;
|
|
if ((uintN) slot >= SLOTNO_LIMIT) {
|
|
ReportCompileErrorNumber(cx, CG_TS(cg), NULL, JSREPORT_ERROR, JSMSG_TOO_MANY_LOCALS);
|
|
slot = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return slot;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
EmitEnterBlock(JSContext *cx, JSParseNode *pn, JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
JS_ASSERT(PN_TYPE(pn) == TOK_LEXICALSCOPE);
|
|
if (!EmitObjectOp(cx, pn->pn_objbox, JSOP_ENTERBLOCK, cg))
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
JSObject *blockObj = pn->pn_objbox->object;
|
|
jsint depth = AdjustBlockSlot(cx, cg, OBJ_BLOCK_DEPTH(cx, blockObj));
|
|
if (depth < 0)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
for (uintN slot = JSSLOT_FREE(&js_BlockClass),
|
|
limit = slot + OBJ_BLOCK_COUNT(cx, blockObj);
|
|
slot < limit; slot++) {
|
|
jsval v = blockObj->getSlot(slot);
|
|
|
|
/* Beware the empty destructuring dummy. */
|
|
if (JSVAL_IS_VOID(v)) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(slot + 1 <= limit);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JSDefinition *dn = (JSDefinition *) JSVAL_TO_PRIVATE(v);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(dn->pn_defn);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(uintN(dn->frameSlot() + depth) < JS_BIT(16));
|
|
dn->pn_cookie += depth;
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
for (JSParseNode *pnu = dn->dn_uses; pnu; pnu = pnu->pn_link) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pnu->pn_lexdef == dn);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!(pnu->pn_dflags & PND_BOUND));
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pnu->pn_cookie == FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
blockObj->scope()->freeslot = JSSLOT_FREE(&js_BlockClass);
|
|
return blockObj->growSlots(cx, JSSLOT_FREE(&js_BlockClass));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When eval is called from a function, the eval code or function code it
|
|
* compiles may reference upvars that live in the eval-calling function. The
|
|
* eval-invoked compiler does not have explicit definitions for these upvars
|
|
* and we do not attempt to create them a-priori (by inspecting the function's
|
|
* args and vars) -- we could, but we'd take an avoidable penalty for each
|
|
* function local not referenced by any upvar. Instead, we map such upvars
|
|
* lazily, growing upvarMap.vector by powers of two.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function knows that it is called with pn pointing to a PN_NAME-arity
|
|
* node, and cg->parser->callerFrame having a non-null fun member, and the
|
|
* static level of cg at least one greater than the eval-calling function's
|
|
* static level.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
MakeUpvarForEval(JSParseNode *pn, JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
JSContext *cx = cg->parser->context;
|
|
JSFunction *fun = cg->parser->callerFrame->fun;
|
|
uintN upvarLevel = fun->u.i.script->staticLevel;
|
|
|
|
JSFunctionBox *funbox = cg->funbox;
|
|
if (funbox) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Treat top-level function definitions as escaping (i.e., as funargs),
|
|
* required since we compile each such top level function or statement
|
|
* and throw away the AST, so we can't yet see all funarg uses of this
|
|
* function being compiled (cg->funbox->object). See bug 493177.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (funbox->level == fun->u.i.script->staticLevel + 1U &&
|
|
!(((JSFunction *) funbox->object)->flags & JSFUN_LAMBDA)) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT_IF(cx->options & JSOPTION_ANONFUNFIX,
|
|
((JSFunction *) funbox->object)->atom);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while (funbox->level >= upvarLevel) {
|
|
if (funbox->node->pn_dflags & PND_FUNARG)
|
|
return true;
|
|
funbox = funbox->parent;
|
|
if (!funbox)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JSAtom *atom = pn->pn_atom;
|
|
|
|
uintN index;
|
|
JSLocalKind localKind = js_LookupLocal(cx, fun, atom, &index);
|
|
if (localKind == JSLOCAL_NONE)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->staticLevel > upvarLevel);
|
|
if (cg->staticLevel >= JS_DISPLAY_SIZE || upvarLevel >= JS_DISPLAY_SIZE)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
JSAtomListElement *ale = cg->upvarList.lookup(atom);
|
|
if (!ale) {
|
|
if (cg->inFunction() &&
|
|
!js_AddLocal(cx, cg->fun, atom, JSLOCAL_UPVAR)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ale = cg->upvarList.add(cg->parser, atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return false;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(ALE_INDEX(ale) == cg->upvarList.count - 1);
|
|
|
|
uint32 *vector = cg->upvarMap.vector;
|
|
uint32 length = cg->upvarMap.length;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(ALE_INDEX(ale) <= length);
|
|
if (ALE_INDEX(ale) == length) {
|
|
length = 2 * JS_MAX(2, length);
|
|
vector = (uint32 *) cx->realloc(vector, length * sizeof *vector);
|
|
if (!vector)
|
|
return false;
|
|
cg->upvarMap.vector = vector;
|
|
cg->upvarMap.length = length;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (localKind != JSLOCAL_ARG)
|
|
index += fun->nargs;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(index < JS_BIT(16));
|
|
|
|
uintN skip = cg->staticLevel - upvarLevel;
|
|
vector[ALE_INDEX(ale)] = MAKE_UPVAR_COOKIE(skip, index);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pn->pn_op = JSOP_GETUPVAR;
|
|
pn->pn_cookie = MAKE_UPVAR_COOKIE(cg->staticLevel, ALE_INDEX(ale));
|
|
pn->pn_dflags |= PND_BOUND;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* BindNameToSlot attempts to optimize name gets and sets to stack slot loads
|
|
* and stores, given the compile-time information in cg and a TOK_NAME node pn.
|
|
* It returns false on error, true on success.
|
|
*
|
|
* The caller can inspect pn->pn_cookie for FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE to tell whether
|
|
* optimization occurred, in which case BindNameToSlot also updated pn->pn_op.
|
|
* If pn->pn_cookie is still FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE on return, pn->pn_op still may
|
|
* have been optimized, e.g., from JSOP_NAME to JSOP_CALLEE. Whether or not
|
|
* pn->pn_op was modified, if this function finds an argument or local variable
|
|
* name, PND_CONST will be set in pn_dflags for read-only properties after a
|
|
* successful return.
|
|
*
|
|
* NB: if you add more opcodes specialized from JSOP_NAME, etc., don't forget
|
|
* to update the TOK_FOR (for-in) and TOK_ASSIGN (op=, e.g. +=) special cases
|
|
* in js_EmitTree.
|
|
*/
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
BindNameToSlot(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSParseNode *pn)
|
|
{
|
|
JSDefinition *dn;
|
|
JSOp op;
|
|
JSAtom *atom;
|
|
uint32 cookie;
|
|
JSDefinition::Kind dn_kind;
|
|
JSAtomListElement *ale;
|
|
uintN index;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_type == TOK_NAME);
|
|
|
|
/* Idempotency tests come first, since we may be called more than once. */
|
|
if (pn->pn_dflags & PND_BOUND)
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* No cookie initialized for these two, they're pre-bound by definition. */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_op != JSOP_ARGUMENTS && pn->pn_op != JSOP_CALLEE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The parser linked all uses (including forward references) to their
|
|
* definitions, unless a with statement or direct eval intervened.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (pn->pn_used) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_cookie == FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE);
|
|
dn = pn->pn_lexdef;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(dn->pn_defn);
|
|
if (pn->isDeoptimized())
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
pn->pn_dflags |= (dn->pn_dflags & PND_CONST);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!pn->pn_defn)
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
dn = (JSDefinition *) pn;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn);
|
|
if (op == JSOP_NOP)
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(JOF_OPTYPE(op) == JOF_ATOM);
|
|
atom = pn->pn_atom;
|
|
cookie = dn->pn_cookie;
|
|
dn_kind = dn->kind();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Turn attempts to mutate const-declared bindings into get ops (for
|
|
* pre-increment and pre-decrement ops, our caller will have to emit
|
|
* JSOP_POS, JSOP_ONE, and JSOP_ADD as well).
|
|
*
|
|
* Turn JSOP_DELNAME into JSOP_FALSE if dn is known, as all declared
|
|
* bindings visible to the compiler are permanent in JS unless the
|
|
* declaration originates in eval code. We detect eval code by testing
|
|
* cg->parser->callerFrame, which is set only by eval or a debugger
|
|
* equivalent.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this callerFrame non-null test must be qualified by testing
|
|
* !cg->funbox to exclude function code nested in eval code, which is not
|
|
* subject to the deletable binding exception.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (op) {
|
|
case JSOP_NAME:
|
|
case JSOP_SETCONST:
|
|
break;
|
|
case JSOP_DELNAME:
|
|
if (dn_kind != JSDefinition::UNKNOWN) {
|
|
if (cg->parser->callerFrame && !cg->funbox)
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->compileAndGo());
|
|
else
|
|
pn->pn_op = JSOP_FALSE;
|
|
pn->pn_dflags |= PND_BOUND;
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
if (pn->isConst())
|
|
pn->pn_op = op = JSOP_NAME;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (cookie == FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE) {
|
|
JSStackFrame *caller = cg->parser->callerFrame;
|
|
if (caller) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->compileAndGo());
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't generate upvars on the left side of a for loop. See
|
|
* bug 470758.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cg->flags & TCF_IN_FOR_INIT)
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(caller->script);
|
|
if (!caller->fun)
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make sure the variable object used by the compiler to initialize
|
|
* parent links matches the caller's varobj. Compile-n-go compiler-
|
|
* created function objects have the top-level cg's scopeChain set
|
|
* as their parent by Parser::newFunction.
|
|
*/
|
|
JSObject *scopeobj = cg->inFunction()
|
|
? FUN_OBJECT(cg->fun)->getParent()
|
|
: cg->scopeChain;
|
|
if (scopeobj != cg->parser->callerVarObj)
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We are compiling eval or debug script inside a function frame
|
|
* and the scope chain matches the function's variable object.
|
|
* Optimize access to function's arguments and variable and the
|
|
* arguments object.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (op != JSOP_NAME)
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Generator functions may be resumed from any call stack, which
|
|
* defeats the display optimization to static link searching used
|
|
* by JSOP_{GET,CALL}UPVAR.
|
|
*/
|
|
JSFunction *fun = cg->parser->callerFrame->fun;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->staticLevel >= fun->u.i.script->staticLevel);
|
|
unsigned skip = cg->staticLevel - fun->u.i.script->staticLevel;
|
|
if (cg->skipSpansGenerator(skip))
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return MakeUpvarForEval(pn, cg);
|
|
}
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (dn->pn_dflags & PND_GVAR) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* If this is a global reference from within a function, leave pn_op as
|
|
* JSOP_NAME, etc. We could emit JSOP_*GVAR ops within function code if
|
|
* only we could depend on the global frame's slots being valid for all
|
|
* calls to the function, and if we could equate the atom index in the
|
|
* function's atom map for every global name with its frame slot.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cg->inFunction())
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We are optimizing global variables and there may be no pre-existing
|
|
* global property named atom when this global script runs. If atom was
|
|
* declared via const or var, optimize pn to access fp->vars using the
|
|
* appropriate JSOP_*GVAR op.
|
|
*
|
|
* FIXME: should be able to optimize global function access too.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(dn_kind == JSDefinition::VAR || dn_kind == JSDefinition::CONST);
|
|
|
|
switch (op) {
|
|
case JSOP_NAME: op = JSOP_GETGVAR; break;
|
|
case JSOP_SETNAME: op = JSOP_SETGVAR; break;
|
|
case JSOP_SETCONST: /* NB: no change */ break;
|
|
case JSOP_INCNAME: op = JSOP_INCGVAR; break;
|
|
case JSOP_NAMEINC: op = JSOP_GVARINC; break;
|
|
case JSOP_DECNAME: op = JSOP_DECGVAR; break;
|
|
case JSOP_NAMEDEC: op = JSOP_GVARDEC; break;
|
|
case JSOP_FORNAME: /* NB: no change */ break;
|
|
case JSOP_DELNAME: /* NB: no change */ break;
|
|
default: JS_NOT_REACHED("gvar");
|
|
}
|
|
pn->pn_op = op;
|
|
pn->pn_cookie = cookie;
|
|
pn->pn_dflags |= PND_BOUND;
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uintN level = UPVAR_FRAME_SKIP(cookie);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->staticLevel >= level);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* A JSDefinition witnessed as a declaration by the parser cannot be an
|
|
* upvar, unless it is the degenerate kind of upvar selected above (in the
|
|
* code before the PND_GVAR test) for the special case of compile-and-go
|
|
* code generated from eval called from a function, where the eval code
|
|
* uses local vars defined in the function. We detect this upvar-for-eval
|
|
* case by checking dn's op.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (PN_OP(dn) == JSOP_GETUPVAR) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->staticLevel >= level);
|
|
if (op != JSOP_NAME)
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
JSStackFrame *caller = cg->parser->callerFrame;
|
|
#endif
|
|
JS_ASSERT(caller);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(caller->script);
|
|
|
|
JSTreeContext *tc = cg;
|
|
while (tc->staticLevel != level)
|
|
tc = tc->parent;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(tc->compiling());
|
|
|
|
JSCodeGenerator *evalcg = (JSCodeGenerator *) tc;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(evalcg->compileAndGo());
|
|
JS_ASSERT(caller->fun && cg->parser->callerVarObj == evalcg->scopeChain);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't generate upvars on the left side of a for loop. See
|
|
* bug 470758 and bug 520513.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (evalcg->flags & TCF_IN_FOR_INIT)
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (cg->staticLevel == level) {
|
|
pn->pn_op = JSOP_GETUPVAR;
|
|
pn->pn_cookie = cookie;
|
|
pn->pn_dflags |= PND_BOUND;
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return MakeUpvarForEval(pn, cg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uintN skip = cg->staticLevel - level;
|
|
if (skip != 0) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->inFunction());
|
|
JS_ASSERT_IF(UPVAR_FRAME_SLOT(cookie) != CALLEE_UPVAR_SLOT,
|
|
cg->lexdeps.lookup(atom));
|
|
JS_ASSERT(JOF_OPTYPE(op) == JOF_ATOM);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->fun->u.i.skipmin <= skip);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If op is a mutating opcode, this upvar's static level is too big to
|
|
* index into the display, or the function is heavyweight, we fall back
|
|
* on JSOP_*NAME*.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (op != JSOP_NAME)
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
if (level >= JS_DISPLAY_SIZE)
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
if (cg->flags & TCF_FUN_HEAVYWEIGHT)
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (FUN_FLAT_CLOSURE(cg->fun)) {
|
|
op = JSOP_GETDSLOT;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/*
|
|
* The function we're compiling may not be heavyweight, but if it
|
|
* escapes as a funarg, we can't use JSOP_GETUPVAR/JSOP_CALLUPVAR.
|
|
* Parser::analyzeFunctions has arranged for this function's
|
|
* enclosing functions to be heavyweight, so we can safely stick
|
|
* with JSOP_NAME/JSOP_CALLNAME.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cg->funbox->node->pn_dflags & PND_FUNARG)
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Generator functions may be resumed from any call stack, which
|
|
* defeats the display optimization to static link searching used
|
|
* by JSOP_{GET,CALL}UPVAR.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cg->skipSpansGenerator(skip))
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
op = JSOP_GETUPVAR;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ale = cg->upvarList.lookup(atom);
|
|
if (ale) {
|
|
index = ALE_INDEX(ale);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!js_AddLocal(cx, cg->fun, atom, JSLOCAL_UPVAR))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
ale = cg->upvarList.add(cg->parser, atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
index = ALE_INDEX(ale);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(index == cg->upvarList.count - 1);
|
|
|
|
uint32 *vector = cg->upvarMap.vector;
|
|
if (!vector) {
|
|
uint32 length = cg->lexdeps.count;
|
|
|
|
vector = (uint32 *) js_calloc(length * sizeof *vector);
|
|
if (!vector) {
|
|
JS_ReportOutOfMemory(cx);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
cg->upvarMap.vector = vector;
|
|
cg->upvarMap.length = length;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uintN slot = UPVAR_FRAME_SLOT(cookie);
|
|
if (slot != CALLEE_UPVAR_SLOT && dn_kind != JSDefinition::ARG) {
|
|
JSTreeContext *tc = cg;
|
|
do {
|
|
tc = tc->parent;
|
|
} while (tc->staticLevel != level);
|
|
if (tc->inFunction())
|
|
slot += tc->fun->nargs;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
vector[index] = MAKE_UPVAR_COOKIE(skip, slot);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pn->pn_op = op;
|
|
pn->pn_cookie = index;
|
|
pn->pn_dflags |= PND_BOUND;
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We are compiling a function body and may be able to optimize name
|
|
* to stack slot. Look for an argument or variable in the function and
|
|
* rewrite pn_op and update pn accordingly.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (dn_kind) {
|
|
case JSDefinition::UNKNOWN:
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
case JSDefinition::LET:
|
|
switch (op) {
|
|
case JSOP_NAME: op = JSOP_GETLOCAL; break;
|
|
case JSOP_SETNAME: op = JSOP_SETLOCAL; break;
|
|
case JSOP_INCNAME: op = JSOP_INCLOCAL; break;
|
|
case JSOP_NAMEINC: op = JSOP_LOCALINC; break;
|
|
case JSOP_DECNAME: op = JSOP_DECLOCAL; break;
|
|
case JSOP_NAMEDEC: op = JSOP_LOCALDEC; break;
|
|
case JSOP_FORNAME: op = JSOP_FORLOCAL; break;
|
|
default: JS_NOT_REACHED("let");
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case JSDefinition::ARG:
|
|
switch (op) {
|
|
case JSOP_NAME: op = JSOP_GETARG; break;
|
|
case JSOP_SETNAME: op = JSOP_SETARG; break;
|
|
case JSOP_INCNAME: op = JSOP_INCARG; break;
|
|
case JSOP_NAMEINC: op = JSOP_ARGINC; break;
|
|
case JSOP_DECNAME: op = JSOP_DECARG; break;
|
|
case JSOP_NAMEDEC: op = JSOP_ARGDEC; break;
|
|
case JSOP_FORNAME: op = JSOP_FORARG; break;
|
|
default: JS_NOT_REACHED("arg");
|
|
}
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!pn->isConst());
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case JSDefinition::VAR:
|
|
if (PN_OP(dn) == JSOP_CALLEE) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(op != JSOP_CALLEE);
|
|
JS_ASSERT((cg->fun->flags & JSFUN_LAMBDA) && atom == cg->fun->atom);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Leave pn->pn_op == JSOP_NAME if cg->fun is heavyweight, as we
|
|
* cannot be sure cg->fun is not something of the form:
|
|
*
|
|
* var ff = (function f(s) { eval(s); return f; });
|
|
*
|
|
* where a caller invokes ff("var f = 42"). The result returned for
|
|
* such an invocation must be 42, since the callee name is
|
|
* lexically bound in an outer declarative environment from the
|
|
* function's activation. See jsfun.cpp:call_resolve.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(op != JSOP_DELNAME);
|
|
if (!(cg->flags & TCF_FUN_HEAVYWEIGHT)) {
|
|
op = JSOP_CALLEE;
|
|
pn->pn_dflags |= PND_CONST;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pn->pn_op = op;
|
|
pn->pn_dflags |= PND_BOUND;
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
/* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
JS_ASSERT_IF(dn_kind != JSDefinition::FUNCTION,
|
|
dn_kind == JSDefinition::VAR ||
|
|
dn_kind == JSDefinition::CONST);
|
|
switch (op) {
|
|
case JSOP_NAME: op = JSOP_GETLOCAL; break;
|
|
case JSOP_SETNAME: op = JSOP_SETLOCAL; break;
|
|
case JSOP_SETCONST: op = JSOP_SETLOCAL; break;
|
|
case JSOP_INCNAME: op = JSOP_INCLOCAL; break;
|
|
case JSOP_NAMEINC: op = JSOP_LOCALINC; break;
|
|
case JSOP_DECNAME: op = JSOP_DECLOCAL; break;
|
|
case JSOP_NAMEDEC: op = JSOP_LOCALDEC; break;
|
|
case JSOP_FORNAME: op = JSOP_FORLOCAL; break;
|
|
default: JS_NOT_REACHED("local");
|
|
}
|
|
JS_ASSERT_IF(dn_kind == JSDefinition::CONST, pn->pn_dflags & PND_CONST);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(op != PN_OP(pn));
|
|
pn->pn_op = op;
|
|
pn->pn_cookie = UPVAR_FRAME_SLOT(cookie);
|
|
pn->pn_dflags |= PND_BOUND;
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If pn contains a useful expression, return true with *answer set to true.
|
|
* If pn contains a useless expression, return true with *answer set to false.
|
|
* Return false on error.
|
|
*
|
|
* The caller should initialize *answer to false and invoke this function on
|
|
* an expression statement or similar subtree to decide whether the tree could
|
|
* produce code that has any side effects. For an expression statement, we
|
|
* define useless code as code with no side effects, because the main effect,
|
|
* the value left on the stack after the code executes, will be discarded by a
|
|
* pop bytecode.
|
|
*/
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
CheckSideEffects(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSParseNode *pn,
|
|
JSBool *answer)
|
|
{
|
|
JSBool ok;
|
|
JSParseNode *pn2;
|
|
|
|
ok = JS_TRUE;
|
|
if (!pn || *answer)
|
|
return ok;
|
|
|
|
switch (pn->pn_arity) {
|
|
case PN_FUNC:
|
|
/*
|
|
* A named function, contrary to ES3, is no longer useful, because we
|
|
* bind its name lexically (using JSOP_CALLEE) instead of creating an
|
|
* Object instance and binding a readonly, permanent property in it
|
|
* (the object and binding can be detected and hijacked or captured).
|
|
* This is a bug fix to ES3; it is fixed in ES3.1 drafts.
|
|
*/
|
|
*answer = JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PN_LIST:
|
|
if (pn->pn_op == JSOP_NOP ||
|
|
pn->pn_op == JSOP_OR || pn->pn_op == JSOP_AND ||
|
|
pn->pn_op == JSOP_STRICTEQ || pn->pn_op == JSOP_STRICTNE) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Non-operators along with ||, &&, ===, and !== never invoke
|
|
* toString or valueOf.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (pn2 = pn->pn_head; pn2; pn2 = pn2->pn_next)
|
|
ok &= CheckSideEffects(cx, cg, pn2, answer);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/*
|
|
* All invocation operations (construct: TOK_NEW, call: TOK_LP)
|
|
* are presumed to be useful, because they may have side effects
|
|
* even if their main effect (their return value) is discarded.
|
|
*
|
|
* TOK_LB binary trees of 3 or more nodes are flattened into lists
|
|
* to avoid too much recursion. All such lists must be presumed
|
|
* to be useful because each index operation could invoke a getter
|
|
* (the JSOP_ARGUMENTS special case below, in the PN_BINARY case,
|
|
* does not apply here: arguments[i][j] might invoke a getter).
|
|
*
|
|
* Likewise, array and object initialisers may call prototype
|
|
* setters (the __defineSetter__ built-in, and writable __proto__
|
|
* on Array.prototype create this hazard). Initialiser list nodes
|
|
* have JSOP_NEWINIT in their pn_op.
|
|
*/
|
|
*answer = JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PN_TERNARY:
|
|
ok = CheckSideEffects(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid1, answer) &&
|
|
CheckSideEffects(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid2, answer) &&
|
|
CheckSideEffects(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid3, answer);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PN_BINARY:
|
|
if (pn->pn_type == TOK_ASSIGN) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Assignment is presumed to be useful, even if the next operation
|
|
* is another assignment overwriting this one's ostensible effect,
|
|
* because the left operand may be a property with a setter that
|
|
* has side effects.
|
|
*
|
|
* The only exception is assignment of a useless value to a const
|
|
* declared in the function currently being compiled.
|
|
*/
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_left;
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type != TOK_NAME) {
|
|
*answer = JS_TRUE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!BindNameToSlot(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!CheckSideEffects(cx, cg, pn->pn_right, answer))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!*answer && (pn->pn_op != JSOP_NOP || !pn2->isConst()))
|
|
*answer = JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (pn->pn_op == JSOP_OR || pn->pn_op == JSOP_AND ||
|
|
pn->pn_op == JSOP_STRICTEQ || pn->pn_op == JSOP_STRICTNE) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* ||, &&, ===, and !== do not convert their operands via
|
|
* toString or valueOf method calls.
|
|
*/
|
|
ok = CheckSideEffects(cx, cg, pn->pn_left, answer) &&
|
|
CheckSideEffects(cx, cg, pn->pn_right, answer);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/*
|
|
* We can't easily prove that neither operand ever denotes an
|
|
* object with a toString or valueOf method.
|
|
*/
|
|
*answer = JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PN_UNARY:
|
|
switch (pn->pn_type) {
|
|
case TOK_DELETE:
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_kid;
|
|
switch (pn2->pn_type) {
|
|
case TOK_NAME:
|
|
if (!BindNameToSlot(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (pn2->isConst()) {
|
|
*answer = JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
/* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
case TOK_DOT:
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
case TOK_DBLDOT:
|
|
#endif
|
|
case TOK_LP:
|
|
case TOK_LB:
|
|
/* All these delete addressing modes have effects too. */
|
|
*answer = JS_TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
ok = CheckSideEffects(cx, cg, pn2, answer);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_UNARYOP:
|
|
if (pn->pn_op == JSOP_NOT) {
|
|
/* ! does not convert its operand via toString or valueOf. */
|
|
ok = CheckSideEffects(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid, answer);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
/* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
/*
|
|
* All of TOK_INC, TOK_DEC, TOK_THROW, TOK_YIELD, and TOK_DEFSHARP
|
|
* have direct effects. Of the remaining unary-arity node types,
|
|
* we can't easily prove that the operand never denotes an object
|
|
* with a toString or valueOf method.
|
|
*/
|
|
*answer = JS_TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PN_NAME:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Take care to avoid trying to bind a label name (labels, both for
|
|
* statements and property values in object initialisers, have pn_op
|
|
* defaulted to JSOP_NOP).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (pn->pn_type == TOK_NAME && pn->pn_op != JSOP_NOP) {
|
|
if (!BindNameToSlot(cx, cg, pn))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (pn->pn_op != JSOP_ARGUMENTS && pn->pn_op != JSOP_CALLEE &&
|
|
pn->pn_cookie == FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Not an argument or local variable use, and not a use of a
|
|
* unshadowed named function expression's given name, so this
|
|
* expression could invoke a getter that has side effects.
|
|
*/
|
|
*answer = JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
pn2 = pn->maybeExpr();
|
|
if (pn->pn_type == TOK_DOT) {
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_NAME && !BindNameToSlot(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!(pn2->pn_op == JSOP_ARGUMENTS &&
|
|
pn->pn_atom == cx->runtime->atomState.lengthAtom)) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Any dotted property reference could call a getter, except
|
|
* for arguments.length where arguments is unambiguous.
|
|
*/
|
|
*answer = JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
ok = CheckSideEffects(cx, cg, pn2, answer);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PN_NAMESET:
|
|
ok = CheckSideEffects(cx, cg, pn->pn_tree, answer);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PN_NULLARY:
|
|
if (pn->pn_type == TOK_DEBUGGER)
|
|
*answer = JS_TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return ok;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitNameOp(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSParseNode *pn,
|
|
JSBool callContext)
|
|
{
|
|
JSOp op;
|
|
|
|
if (!BindNameToSlot(cx, cg, pn))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn);
|
|
|
|
if (callContext) {
|
|
switch (op) {
|
|
case JSOP_NAME:
|
|
op = JSOP_CALLNAME;
|
|
break;
|
|
case JSOP_GETGVAR:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!cg->funbox);
|
|
op = JSOP_CALLGVAR;
|
|
break;
|
|
case JSOP_GETARG:
|
|
op = JSOP_CALLARG;
|
|
break;
|
|
case JSOP_GETLOCAL:
|
|
op = JSOP_CALLLOCAL;
|
|
break;
|
|
case JSOP_GETUPVAR:
|
|
op = JSOP_CALLUPVAR;
|
|
break;
|
|
case JSOP_GETDSLOT:
|
|
op = JSOP_CALLDSLOT;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(op == JSOP_ARGUMENTS || op == JSOP_CALLEE);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (op == JSOP_ARGUMENTS || op == JSOP_CALLEE) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (callContext && js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_NULL) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (pn->pn_cookie != FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE) {
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(op, pn->pn_cookie);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!EmitAtomOp(cx, pn, op, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitXMLName(JSContext *cx, JSParseNode *pn, JSOp op, JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
JSParseNode *pn2;
|
|
uintN oldflags;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_type == TOK_UNARYOP);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_op == JSOP_XMLNAME);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(op == JSOP_XMLNAME || op == JSOP_CALLXMLNAME);
|
|
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_kid;
|
|
oldflags = cg->flags;
|
|
cg->flags &= ~TCF_IN_FOR_INIT;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
cg->flags |= oldflags & TCF_IN_FOR_INIT;
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_PCBASE,
|
|
CG_OFFSET(cg) - pn2->pn_offset) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) >= 0;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitSpecialPropOp(JSContext *cx, JSParseNode *pn, JSOp op, JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Special case for obj.__proto__ to deoptimize away from fast paths in the
|
|
* interpreter and trace recorder, which skip dense array instances by
|
|
* going up to Array.prototype before looking up the property name.
|
|
*/
|
|
JSAtomListElement *ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, pn->pn_atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!EmitIndexOp(cx, JSOP_QNAMEPART, ALE_INDEX(ale), cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitPropOp(JSContext *cx, JSParseNode *pn, JSOp op, JSCodeGenerator *cg,
|
|
JSBool callContext)
|
|
{
|
|
JSParseNode *pn2, *pndot, *pnup, *pndown;
|
|
ptrdiff_t top;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_arity == PN_NAME);
|
|
pn2 = pn->maybeExpr();
|
|
|
|
/* Special case deoptimization for __proto__. */
|
|
if ((op == JSOP_GETPROP || op == JSOP_CALLPROP) &&
|
|
pn->pn_atom == cx->runtime->atomState.protoAtom) {
|
|
if (pn2 && !js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
return EmitSpecialPropOp(cx, pn, callContext ? JSOP_CALLELEM : JSOP_GETELEM, cg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (callContext) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_type == TOK_DOT);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(op == JSOP_GETPROP);
|
|
op = JSOP_CALLPROP;
|
|
} else if (op == JSOP_GETPROP && pn->pn_type == TOK_DOT) {
|
|
if (pn2->pn_op == JSOP_THIS) {
|
|
if (pn->pn_atom != cx->runtime->atomState.lengthAtom) {
|
|
/* Fast path for gets of |this.foo|. */
|
|
return EmitAtomOp(cx, pn, JSOP_GETTHISPROP, cg);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_NAME) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try to optimize:
|
|
* - arguments.length into JSOP_ARGCNT
|
|
* - argname.prop into JSOP_GETARGPROP
|
|
* - localname.prop into JSOP_GETLOCALPROP
|
|
* but don't do this if the property is 'length' -- prefer to emit
|
|
* JSOP_GETARG, etc., and then JSOP_LENGTH.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!BindNameToSlot(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (pn->pn_atom == cx->runtime->atomState.lengthAtom) {
|
|
if (pn2->pn_op == JSOP_ARGUMENTS)
|
|
return js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ARGCNT) >= 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
switch (pn2->pn_op) {
|
|
case JSOP_GETARG:
|
|
op = JSOP_GETARGPROP;
|
|
goto do_indexconst;
|
|
case JSOP_GETLOCAL:
|
|
op = JSOP_GETLOCALPROP;
|
|
do_indexconst: {
|
|
JSAtomListElement *ale;
|
|
jsatomid atomIndex;
|
|
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, pn->pn_atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
atomIndex = ALE_INDEX(ale);
|
|
return EmitSlotIndexOp(cx, op, pn2->pn_cookie, atomIndex, cg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the object operand is also a dotted property reference, reverse the
|
|
* list linked via pn_expr temporarily so we can iterate over it from the
|
|
* bottom up (reversing again as we go), to avoid excessive recursion.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_DOT) {
|
|
pndot = pn2;
|
|
pnup = NULL;
|
|
top = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
/* Reverse pndot->pn_expr to point up, not down. */
|
|
pndot->pn_offset = top;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!pndot->pn_used);
|
|
pndown = pndot->pn_expr;
|
|
pndot->pn_expr = pnup;
|
|
if (pndown->pn_type != TOK_DOT)
|
|
break;
|
|
pnup = pndot;
|
|
pndot = pndown;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* pndown is a primary expression, not a dotted property reference. */
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pndown))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
/* Walk back up the list, emitting annotated name ops. */
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_PCBASE,
|
|
CG_OFFSET(cg) - pndown->pn_offset) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Special case deoptimization on __proto__, as above. */
|
|
if (pndot->pn_arity == PN_NAME && pndot->pn_atom == cx->runtime->atomState.protoAtom) {
|
|
if (!EmitSpecialPropOp(cx, pndot, JSOP_GETELEM, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else if (!EmitAtomOp(cx, pndot, PN_OP(pndot), cg)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Reverse the pn_expr link again. */
|
|
pnup = pndot->pn_expr;
|
|
pndot->pn_expr = pndown;
|
|
pndown = pndot;
|
|
} while ((pndot = pnup) != NULL);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_PCBASE,
|
|
CG_OFFSET(cg) - pn2->pn_offset) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return EmitAtomOp(cx, pn, op, cg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitElemOp(JSContext *cx, JSParseNode *pn, JSOp op, JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
ptrdiff_t top;
|
|
JSParseNode *left, *right, *next, ltmp, rtmp;
|
|
jsint slot;
|
|
|
|
top = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
if (pn->pn_arity == PN_LIST) {
|
|
/* Left-associative operator chain to avoid too much recursion. */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_op == JSOP_GETELEM);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_count >= 3);
|
|
left = pn->pn_head;
|
|
right = pn->last();
|
|
next = left->pn_next;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(next != right);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try to optimize arguments[0][j]... into JSOP_ARGSUB<0> followed by
|
|
* one or more index expression and JSOP_GETELEM op pairs.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (left->pn_type == TOK_NAME && next->pn_type == TOK_NUMBER) {
|
|
if (!BindNameToSlot(cx, cg, left))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (left->pn_op == JSOP_ARGUMENTS &&
|
|
JSDOUBLE_IS_INT(next->pn_dval, slot) &&
|
|
(jsuint)slot < JS_BIT(16)) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* arguments[i]() requires arguments object as "this".
|
|
* Check that we never generates list for that usage.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(op != JSOP_CALLELEM || next->pn_next);
|
|
left->pn_offset = next->pn_offset = top;
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_ARGSUB, (jsatomid)slot);
|
|
left = next;
|
|
next = left->pn_next;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check whether we generated JSOP_ARGSUB, just above, and have only
|
|
* one more index expression to emit. Given arguments[0][j], we must
|
|
* skip the while loop altogether, falling through to emit code for j
|
|
* (in the subtree referenced by right), followed by the annotated op,
|
|
* at the bottom of this function.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(next != right || pn->pn_count == 3);
|
|
if (left == pn->pn_head) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, left))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
while (next != right) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, next))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_PCBASE, CG_OFFSET(cg) - top) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_GETELEM) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
next = next->pn_next;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (pn->pn_arity == PN_NAME) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set left and right so pn appears to be a TOK_LB node, instead
|
|
* of a TOK_DOT node. See the TOK_FOR/IN case in js_EmitTree, and
|
|
* EmitDestructuringOps nearer below. In the destructuring case,
|
|
* the base expression (pn_expr) of the name may be null, which
|
|
* means we have to emit a JSOP_BINDNAME.
|
|
*/
|
|
left = pn->maybeExpr();
|
|
if (!left) {
|
|
left = <mp;
|
|
left->pn_type = TOK_STRING;
|
|
left->pn_op = JSOP_BINDNAME;
|
|
left->pn_arity = PN_NULLARY;
|
|
left->pn_pos = pn->pn_pos;
|
|
left->pn_atom = pn->pn_atom;
|
|
}
|
|
right = &rtmp;
|
|
right->pn_type = TOK_STRING;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(ATOM_IS_STRING(pn->pn_atom));
|
|
right->pn_op = js_IsIdentifier(ATOM_TO_STRING(pn->pn_atom))
|
|
? JSOP_QNAMEPART
|
|
: JSOP_STRING;
|
|
right->pn_arity = PN_NULLARY;
|
|
right->pn_pos = pn->pn_pos;
|
|
right->pn_atom = pn->pn_atom;
|
|
} else {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_arity == PN_BINARY);
|
|
left = pn->pn_left;
|
|
right = pn->pn_right;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Try to optimize arguments[0] (e.g.) into JSOP_ARGSUB<0>. */
|
|
if (op == JSOP_GETELEM &&
|
|
left->pn_type == TOK_NAME &&
|
|
right->pn_type == TOK_NUMBER) {
|
|
if (!BindNameToSlot(cx, cg, left))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (left->pn_op == JSOP_ARGUMENTS &&
|
|
JSDOUBLE_IS_INT(right->pn_dval, slot) &&
|
|
(jsuint)slot < JS_BIT(16)) {
|
|
left->pn_offset = right->pn_offset = top;
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_ARGSUB, (jsatomid)slot);
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, left))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* The right side of the descendant operator is implicitly quoted. */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(op != JSOP_DESCENDANTS || right->pn_type != TOK_STRING ||
|
|
right->pn_op == JSOP_QNAMEPART);
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, right))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_PCBASE, CG_OFFSET(cg) - top) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
return js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) >= 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitNumberOp(JSContext *cx, jsdouble dval, JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
jsint ival;
|
|
uint32 u;
|
|
ptrdiff_t off;
|
|
jsbytecode *pc;
|
|
JSAtom *atom;
|
|
JSAtomListElement *ale;
|
|
|
|
if (JSDOUBLE_IS_INT(dval, ival) && INT_FITS_IN_JSVAL(ival)) {
|
|
if (ival == 0)
|
|
return js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ZERO) >= 0;
|
|
if (ival == 1)
|
|
return js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ONE) >= 0;
|
|
if ((jsint)(int8)ival == ival)
|
|
return js_Emit2(cx, cg, JSOP_INT8, (jsbytecode)(int8)ival) >= 0;
|
|
|
|
u = (uint32)ival;
|
|
if (u < JS_BIT(16)) {
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_UINT16, u);
|
|
} else if (u < JS_BIT(24)) {
|
|
off = js_EmitN(cx, cg, JSOP_UINT24, 3);
|
|
if (off < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
pc = CG_CODE(cg, off);
|
|
SET_UINT24(pc, u);
|
|
} else {
|
|
off = js_EmitN(cx, cg, JSOP_INT32, 4);
|
|
if (off < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
pc = CG_CODE(cg, off);
|
|
SET_INT32(pc, ival);
|
|
}
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
atom = js_AtomizeDouble(cx, dval);
|
|
if (!atom)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
return EmitIndexOp(cx, JSOP_DOUBLE, ALE_INDEX(ale), cg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitSwitch(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSParseNode *pn,
|
|
JSStmtInfo *stmtInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
JSOp switchOp;
|
|
JSBool ok, hasDefault, constPropagated;
|
|
ptrdiff_t top, off, defaultOffset;
|
|
JSParseNode *pn2, *pn3, *pn4;
|
|
uint32 caseCount, tableLength;
|
|
JSParseNode **table;
|
|
jsdouble d;
|
|
jsint i, low, high;
|
|
jsval v;
|
|
JSAtom *atom;
|
|
JSAtomListElement *ale;
|
|
intN noteIndex;
|
|
size_t switchSize, tableSize;
|
|
jsbytecode *pc, *savepc;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_BLOCK_SCOPE
|
|
jsint count;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Try for most optimal, fall back if not dense ints, and per ECMAv2. */
|
|
switchOp = JSOP_TABLESWITCH;
|
|
ok = JS_TRUE;
|
|
hasDefault = constPropagated = JS_FALSE;
|
|
defaultOffset = -1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the switch contains let variables scoped by its body, model the
|
|
* resulting block on the stack first, before emitting the discriminant's
|
|
* bytecode (in case the discriminant contains a stack-model dependency
|
|
* such as a let expression).
|
|
*/
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_right;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_BLOCK_SCOPE
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_LEXICALSCOPE) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Push the body's block scope before discriminant code-gen for proper
|
|
* static block scope linkage in case the discriminant contains a let
|
|
* expression. The block's locals must lie under the discriminant on
|
|
* the stack so that case-dispatch bytecodes can find the discriminant
|
|
* on top of stack.
|
|
*/
|
|
count = OBJ_BLOCK_COUNT(cx, pn2->pn_objbox->object);
|
|
js_PushBlockScope(cg, stmtInfo, pn2->pn_objbox->object, -1);
|
|
stmtInfo->type = STMT_SWITCH;
|
|
|
|
/* Emit JSOP_ENTERBLOCK before code to evaluate the discriminant. */
|
|
if (!EmitEnterBlock(cx, pn2, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Pop the switch's statement info around discriminant code-gen. Note
|
|
* how this leaves cg->blockChain referencing the switch's
|
|
* block scope object, which is necessary for correct block parenting
|
|
* in the case where the discriminant contains a let expression.
|
|
*/
|
|
cg->topStmt = stmtInfo->down;
|
|
cg->topScopeStmt = stmtInfo->downScope;
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
|
else {
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit code for the discriminant first (or nearly first, in the case of a
|
|
* switch whose body is a block scope).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_left))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Switch bytecodes run from here till end of final case. */
|
|
top = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
#if !JS_HAS_BLOCK_SCOPE
|
|
js_PushStatement(cg, stmtInfo, STMT_SWITCH, top);
|
|
#else
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_LC) {
|
|
js_PushStatement(cg, stmtInfo, STMT_SWITCH, top);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* Re-push the switch's statement info record. */
|
|
cg->topStmt = cg->topScopeStmt = stmtInfo;
|
|
|
|
/* Set the statement info record's idea of top. */
|
|
stmtInfo->update = top;
|
|
|
|
/* Advance pn2 to refer to the switch case list. */
|
|
pn2 = pn2->expr();
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
caseCount = pn2->pn_count;
|
|
tableLength = 0;
|
|
table = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (caseCount == 0 ||
|
|
(caseCount == 1 &&
|
|
(hasDefault = (pn2->pn_head->pn_type == TOK_DEFAULT)))) {
|
|
caseCount = 0;
|
|
low = 0;
|
|
high = -1;
|
|
} else {
|
|
#define INTMAP_LENGTH 256
|
|
jsbitmap intmap_space[INTMAP_LENGTH];
|
|
jsbitmap *intmap = NULL;
|
|
int32 intmap_bitlen = 0;
|
|
|
|
low = JSVAL_INT_MAX;
|
|
high = JSVAL_INT_MIN;
|
|
|
|
for (pn3 = pn2->pn_head; pn3; pn3 = pn3->pn_next) {
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_DEFAULT) {
|
|
hasDefault = JS_TRUE;
|
|
caseCount--; /* one of the "cases" was the default */
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn3->pn_type == TOK_CASE);
|
|
if (switchOp == JSOP_CONDSWITCH)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
pn4 = pn3->pn_left;
|
|
while (pn4->pn_type == TOK_RP)
|
|
pn4 = pn4->pn_kid;
|
|
switch (pn4->pn_type) {
|
|
case TOK_NUMBER:
|
|
d = pn4->pn_dval;
|
|
if (JSDOUBLE_IS_INT(d, i) && INT_FITS_IN_JSVAL(i)) {
|
|
pn3->pn_val = INT_TO_JSVAL(i);
|
|
} else {
|
|
atom = js_AtomizeDouble(cx, d);
|
|
if (!atom) {
|
|
ok = JS_FALSE;
|
|
goto release;
|
|
}
|
|
pn3->pn_val = ATOM_KEY(atom);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_STRING:
|
|
pn3->pn_val = ATOM_KEY(pn4->pn_atom);
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_NAME:
|
|
if (!pn4->maybeExpr()) {
|
|
ok = LookupCompileTimeConstant(cx, cg, pn4->pn_atom, &v);
|
|
if (!ok)
|
|
goto release;
|
|
if (v != JSVAL_HOLE) {
|
|
if (!JSVAL_IS_PRIMITIVE(v)) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* XXX JSOP_LOOKUPSWITCH does not support const-
|
|
* propagated object values, see bug 407186.
|
|
*/
|
|
switchOp = JSOP_CONDSWITCH;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
pn3->pn_val = v;
|
|
constPropagated = JS_TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
case TOK_PRIMARY:
|
|
if (pn4->pn_op == JSOP_TRUE) {
|
|
pn3->pn_val = JSVAL_TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (pn4->pn_op == JSOP_FALSE) {
|
|
pn3->pn_val = JSVAL_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (pn4->pn_op == JSOP_NULL) {
|
|
pn3->pn_val = JSVAL_NULL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
/* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
default:
|
|
switchOp = JSOP_CONDSWITCH;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(JSVAL_IS_PRIMITIVE(pn3->pn_val));
|
|
|
|
if (switchOp != JSOP_TABLESWITCH)
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (!JSVAL_IS_INT(pn3->pn_val)) {
|
|
switchOp = JSOP_LOOKUPSWITCH;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
i = JSVAL_TO_INT(pn3->pn_val);
|
|
if ((jsuint)(i + (jsint)JS_BIT(15)) >= (jsuint)JS_BIT(16)) {
|
|
switchOp = JSOP_LOOKUPSWITCH;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
if (i < low)
|
|
low = i;
|
|
if (high < i)
|
|
high = i;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for duplicates, which require a JSOP_LOOKUPSWITCH.
|
|
* We bias i by 65536 if it's negative, and hope that's a rare
|
|
* case (because it requires a malloc'd bitmap).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (i < 0)
|
|
i += JS_BIT(16);
|
|
if (i >= intmap_bitlen) {
|
|
if (!intmap &&
|
|
i < (INTMAP_LENGTH << JS_BITS_PER_WORD_LOG2)) {
|
|
intmap = intmap_space;
|
|
intmap_bitlen = INTMAP_LENGTH << JS_BITS_PER_WORD_LOG2;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* Just grab 8K for the worst-case bitmap. */
|
|
intmap_bitlen = JS_BIT(16);
|
|
intmap = (jsbitmap *)
|
|
cx->malloc((JS_BIT(16) >> JS_BITS_PER_WORD_LOG2)
|
|
* sizeof(jsbitmap));
|
|
if (!intmap) {
|
|
JS_ReportOutOfMemory(cx);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
memset(intmap, 0, intmap_bitlen >> JS_BITS_PER_BYTE_LOG2);
|
|
}
|
|
if (JS_TEST_BIT(intmap, i)) {
|
|
switchOp = JSOP_LOOKUPSWITCH;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
JS_SET_BIT(intmap, i);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
release:
|
|
if (intmap && intmap != intmap_space)
|
|
cx->free(intmap);
|
|
if (!ok)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute table length and select lookup instead if overlarge or
|
|
* more than half-sparse.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (switchOp == JSOP_TABLESWITCH) {
|
|
tableLength = (uint32)(high - low + 1);
|
|
if (tableLength >= JS_BIT(16) || tableLength > 2 * caseCount)
|
|
switchOp = JSOP_LOOKUPSWITCH;
|
|
} else if (switchOp == JSOP_LOOKUPSWITCH) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Lookup switch supports only atom indexes below 64K limit.
|
|
* Conservatively estimate the maximum possible index during
|
|
* switch generation and use conditional switch if it exceeds
|
|
* the limit.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (caseCount + cg->atomList.count > JS_BIT(16))
|
|
switchOp = JSOP_CONDSWITCH;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit a note with two offsets: first tells total switch code length,
|
|
* second tells offset to first JSOP_CASE if condswitch.
|
|
*/
|
|
noteIndex = js_NewSrcNote3(cx, cg, SRC_SWITCH, 0, 0);
|
|
if (noteIndex < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (switchOp == JSOP_CONDSWITCH) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* 0 bytes of immediate for unoptimized ECMAv2 switch.
|
|
*/
|
|
switchSize = 0;
|
|
} else if (switchOp == JSOP_TABLESWITCH) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* 3 offsets (len, low, high) before the table, 1 per entry.
|
|
*/
|
|
switchSize = (size_t)(JUMP_OFFSET_LEN * (3 + tableLength));
|
|
} else {
|
|
/*
|
|
* JSOP_LOOKUPSWITCH:
|
|
* 1 offset (len) and 1 atom index (npairs) before the table,
|
|
* 1 atom index and 1 jump offset per entry.
|
|
*/
|
|
switchSize = (size_t)(JUMP_OFFSET_LEN + INDEX_LEN +
|
|
(INDEX_LEN + JUMP_OFFSET_LEN) * caseCount);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit switchOp followed by switchSize bytes of jump or lookup table.
|
|
*
|
|
* If switchOp is JSOP_LOOKUPSWITCH or JSOP_TABLESWITCH, it is crucial
|
|
* to emit the immediate operand(s) by which bytecode readers such as
|
|
* BuildSpanDepTable discover the length of the switch opcode *before*
|
|
* calling js_SetJumpOffset (which may call BuildSpanDepTable). It's
|
|
* also important to zero all unknown jump offset immediate operands,
|
|
* so they can be converted to span dependencies with null targets to
|
|
* be computed later (js_EmitN zeros switchSize bytes after switchOp).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (js_EmitN(cx, cg, switchOp, switchSize) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
off = -1;
|
|
if (switchOp == JSOP_CONDSWITCH) {
|
|
intN caseNoteIndex = -1;
|
|
JSBool beforeCases = JS_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* Emit code for evaluating cases and jumping to case statements. */
|
|
for (pn3 = pn2->pn_head; pn3; pn3 = pn3->pn_next) {
|
|
pn4 = pn3->pn_left;
|
|
if (pn4 && !js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn4))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (caseNoteIndex >= 0) {
|
|
/* off is the previous JSOP_CASE's bytecode offset. */
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, (uintN)caseNoteIndex, 0,
|
|
CG_OFFSET(cg) - off)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!pn4) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn3->pn_type == TOK_DEFAULT);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
caseNoteIndex = js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_PCDELTA, 0);
|
|
if (caseNoteIndex < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
off = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_CASE, 0);
|
|
if (off < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
pn3->pn_offset = off;
|
|
if (beforeCases) {
|
|
uintN noteCount, noteCountDelta;
|
|
|
|
/* Switch note's second offset is to first JSOP_CASE. */
|
|
noteCount = CG_NOTE_COUNT(cg);
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, (uintN)noteIndex, 1,
|
|
off - top)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
noteCountDelta = CG_NOTE_COUNT(cg) - noteCount;
|
|
if (noteCountDelta != 0)
|
|
caseNoteIndex += noteCountDelta;
|
|
beforeCases = JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we didn't have an explicit default (which could fall in between
|
|
* cases, preventing us from fusing this js_SetSrcNoteOffset with the
|
|
* call in the loop above), link the last case to the implicit default
|
|
* for the decompiler.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!hasDefault &&
|
|
caseNoteIndex >= 0 &&
|
|
!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, (uintN)caseNoteIndex, 0,
|
|
CG_OFFSET(cg) - off)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Emit default even if no explicit default statement. */
|
|
defaultOffset = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_DEFAULT, 0);
|
|
if (defaultOffset < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
pc = CG_CODE(cg, top + JUMP_OFFSET_LEN);
|
|
|
|
if (switchOp == JSOP_TABLESWITCH) {
|
|
/* Fill in switch bounds, which we know fit in 16-bit offsets. */
|
|
SET_JUMP_OFFSET(pc, low);
|
|
pc += JUMP_OFFSET_LEN;
|
|
SET_JUMP_OFFSET(pc, high);
|
|
pc += JUMP_OFFSET_LEN;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use malloc to avoid arena bloat for programs with many switches.
|
|
* We free table if non-null at label out, so all control flow must
|
|
* exit this function through goto out or goto bad.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (tableLength != 0) {
|
|
tableSize = (size_t)tableLength * sizeof *table;
|
|
table = (JSParseNode **) cx->malloc(tableSize);
|
|
if (!table)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
memset(table, 0, tableSize);
|
|
for (pn3 = pn2->pn_head; pn3; pn3 = pn3->pn_next) {
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_DEFAULT)
|
|
continue;
|
|
i = JSVAL_TO_INT(pn3->pn_val);
|
|
i -= low;
|
|
JS_ASSERT((uint32)i < tableLength);
|
|
table[i] = pn3;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(switchOp == JSOP_LOOKUPSWITCH);
|
|
|
|
/* Fill in the number of cases. */
|
|
SET_INDEX(pc, caseCount);
|
|
pc += INDEX_LEN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* After this point, all control flow involving JSOP_TABLESWITCH
|
|
* must set ok and goto out to exit this function. To keep things
|
|
* simple, all switchOp cases exit that way.
|
|
*/
|
|
MUST_FLOW_THROUGH("out");
|
|
if (cg->spanDeps) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* We have already generated at least one big jump so we must
|
|
* explicitly add span dependencies for the switch jumps. When
|
|
* called below, js_SetJumpOffset can only do it when patching
|
|
* the first big jump or when cg->spanDeps is null.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!AddSwitchSpanDeps(cx, cg, CG_CODE(cg, top)))
|
|
goto bad;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (constPropagated) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Skip switchOp, as we are not setting jump offsets in the two
|
|
* for loops below. We'll restore CG_NEXT(cg) from savepc after,
|
|
* unless there was an error.
|
|
*/
|
|
savepc = CG_NEXT(cg);
|
|
CG_NEXT(cg) = pc + 1;
|
|
if (switchOp == JSOP_TABLESWITCH) {
|
|
for (i = 0; i < (jsint)tableLength; i++) {
|
|
pn3 = table[i];
|
|
if (pn3 &&
|
|
(pn4 = pn3->pn_left) != NULL &&
|
|
pn4->pn_type == TOK_NAME) {
|
|
/* Note a propagated constant with the const's name. */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!pn4->maybeExpr());
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, pn4->pn_atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
goto bad;
|
|
CG_NEXT(cg) = pc;
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_LABEL, (ptrdiff_t)
|
|
ALE_INDEX(ale)) < 0) {
|
|
goto bad;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
pc += JUMP_OFFSET_LEN;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
for (pn3 = pn2->pn_head; pn3; pn3 = pn3->pn_next) {
|
|
pn4 = pn3->pn_left;
|
|
if (pn4 && pn4->pn_type == TOK_NAME) {
|
|
/* Note a propagated constant with the const's name. */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!pn4->maybeExpr());
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, pn4->pn_atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
goto bad;
|
|
CG_NEXT(cg) = pc;
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_LABEL, (ptrdiff_t)
|
|
ALE_INDEX(ale)) < 0) {
|
|
goto bad;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
pc += INDEX_LEN + JUMP_OFFSET_LEN;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
CG_NEXT(cg) = savepc;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Emit code for each case's statements, copying pn_offset up to pn3. */
|
|
for (pn3 = pn2->pn_head; pn3; pn3 = pn3->pn_next) {
|
|
if (switchOp == JSOP_CONDSWITCH && pn3->pn_type != TOK_DEFAULT)
|
|
CHECK_AND_SET_JUMP_OFFSET_AT_CUSTOM(cx, cg, pn3->pn_offset, goto bad);
|
|
pn4 = pn3->pn_right;
|
|
ok = js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn4);
|
|
if (!ok)
|
|
goto out;
|
|
pn3->pn_offset = pn4->pn_offset;
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_DEFAULT)
|
|
off = pn3->pn_offset - top;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!hasDefault) {
|
|
/* If no default case, offset for default is to end of switch. */
|
|
off = CG_OFFSET(cg) - top;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* We better have set "off" by now. */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(off != -1);
|
|
|
|
/* Set the default offset (to end of switch if no default). */
|
|
if (switchOp == JSOP_CONDSWITCH) {
|
|
pc = NULL;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(defaultOffset != -1);
|
|
ok = js_SetJumpOffset(cx, cg, CG_CODE(cg, defaultOffset),
|
|
off - (defaultOffset - top));
|
|
if (!ok)
|
|
goto out;
|
|
} else {
|
|
pc = CG_CODE(cg, top);
|
|
ok = js_SetJumpOffset(cx, cg, pc, off);
|
|
if (!ok)
|
|
goto out;
|
|
pc += JUMP_OFFSET_LEN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Set the SRC_SWITCH note's offset operand to tell end of switch. */
|
|
off = CG_OFFSET(cg) - top;
|
|
ok = js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, (uintN)noteIndex, 0, off);
|
|
if (!ok)
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
if (switchOp == JSOP_TABLESWITCH) {
|
|
/* Skip over the already-initialized switch bounds. */
|
|
pc += 2 * JUMP_OFFSET_LEN;
|
|
|
|
/* Fill in the jump table, if there is one. */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < (jsint)tableLength; i++) {
|
|
pn3 = table[i];
|
|
off = pn3 ? pn3->pn_offset - top : 0;
|
|
ok = js_SetJumpOffset(cx, cg, pc, off);
|
|
if (!ok)
|
|
goto out;
|
|
pc += JUMP_OFFSET_LEN;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (switchOp == JSOP_LOOKUPSWITCH) {
|
|
/* Skip over the already-initialized number of cases. */
|
|
pc += INDEX_LEN;
|
|
|
|
for (pn3 = pn2->pn_head; pn3; pn3 = pn3->pn_next) {
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_DEFAULT)
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (!js_AtomizePrimitiveValue(cx, pn3->pn_val, &atom))
|
|
goto bad;
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
goto bad;
|
|
SET_INDEX(pc, ALE_INDEX(ale));
|
|
pc += INDEX_LEN;
|
|
|
|
off = pn3->pn_offset - top;
|
|
ok = js_SetJumpOffset(cx, cg, pc, off);
|
|
if (!ok)
|
|
goto out;
|
|
pc += JUMP_OFFSET_LEN;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
out:
|
|
if (table)
|
|
cx->free(table);
|
|
if (ok) {
|
|
ok = js_PopStatementCG(cx, cg);
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_BLOCK_SCOPE
|
|
if (ok && pn->pn_right->pn_type == TOK_LEXICALSCOPE)
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_LEAVEBLOCK, count);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
return ok;
|
|
|
|
bad:
|
|
ok = JS_FALSE;
|
|
goto out;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JSBool
|
|
js_EmitFunctionScript(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSParseNode *body)
|
|
{
|
|
if (cg->flags & TCF_FUN_IS_GENERATOR) {
|
|
/* JSOP_GENERATOR must be the first instruction. */
|
|
CG_SWITCH_TO_PROLOG(cg);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(CG_NEXT(cg) == CG_BASE(cg));
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_GENERATOR) < 0)
|
|
return false;
|
|
CG_SWITCH_TO_MAIN(cg);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit a trace hint opcode only if not in a generator, since generators
|
|
* are not yet traced and both want to be the first instruction.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_TRACE) < 0)
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (cg->flags & TCF_FUN_UNBRAND_THIS) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_UNBRANDTHIS) < 0)
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return js_EmitTree(cx, cg, body) &&
|
|
js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_STOP) >= 0 &&
|
|
js_NewScriptFromCG(cx, cg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* A macro for inlining at the top of js_EmitTree (whence it came). */
|
|
#define UPDATE_LINE_NUMBER_NOTES(cx, cg, line) \
|
|
JS_BEGIN_MACRO \
|
|
uintN line_ = (line); \
|
|
uintN delta_ = line_ - CG_CURRENT_LINE(cg); \
|
|
if (delta_ != 0) { \
|
|
/* \
|
|
* Encode any change in the current source line number by using \
|
|
* either several SRC_NEWLINE notes or just one SRC_SETLINE note, \
|
|
* whichever consumes less space. \
|
|
* \
|
|
* NB: We handle backward line number deltas (possible with for \
|
|
* loops where the update part is emitted after the body, but its \
|
|
* line number is <= any line number in the body) here by letting \
|
|
* unsigned delta_ wrap to a very large number, which triggers a \
|
|
* SRC_SETLINE. \
|
|
*/ \
|
|
CG_CURRENT_LINE(cg) = line_; \
|
|
if (delta_ >= (uintN)(2 + ((line_ > SN_3BYTE_OFFSET_MASK)<<1))) { \
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_SETLINE, (ptrdiff_t)line_) < 0)\
|
|
return JS_FALSE; \
|
|
} else { \
|
|
do { \
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_NEWLINE) < 0) \
|
|
return JS_FALSE; \
|
|
} while (--delta_ != 0); \
|
|
} \
|
|
} \
|
|
JS_END_MACRO
|
|
|
|
/* A function, so that we avoid macro-bloating all the other callsites. */
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
UpdateLineNumberNotes(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, uintN line)
|
|
{
|
|
UPDATE_LINE_NUMBER_NOTES(cx, cg, line);
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
MaybeEmitVarDecl(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSOp prologOp,
|
|
JSParseNode *pn, jsatomid *result)
|
|
{
|
|
jsatomid atomIndex;
|
|
JSAtomListElement *ale;
|
|
|
|
if (pn->pn_cookie != FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE) {
|
|
atomIndex = (jsatomid) UPVAR_FRAME_SLOT(pn->pn_cookie);
|
|
} else {
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, pn->pn_atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
atomIndex = ALE_INDEX(ale);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (JOF_OPTYPE(pn->pn_op) == JOF_ATOM &&
|
|
(!cg->inFunction() || (cg->flags & TCF_FUN_HEAVYWEIGHT))) {
|
|
CG_SWITCH_TO_PROLOG(cg);
|
|
if (!UpdateLineNumberNotes(cx, cg, pn->pn_pos.begin.lineno))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
EMIT_INDEX_OP(prologOp, atomIndex);
|
|
CG_SWITCH_TO_MAIN(cg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (result)
|
|
*result = atomIndex;
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING
|
|
|
|
typedef JSBool
|
|
(*DestructuringDeclEmitter)(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSOp prologOp,
|
|
JSParseNode *pn);
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitDestructuringDecl(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSOp prologOp,
|
|
JSParseNode *pn)
|
|
{
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_type == TOK_NAME);
|
|
if (!BindNameToSlot(cx, cg, pn))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(PN_OP(pn) != JSOP_ARGUMENTS && PN_OP(pn) != JSOP_CALLEE);
|
|
return MaybeEmitVarDecl(cx, cg, prologOp, pn, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitDestructuringDecls(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSOp prologOp,
|
|
JSParseNode *pn)
|
|
{
|
|
JSParseNode *pn2, *pn3;
|
|
DestructuringDeclEmitter emitter;
|
|
|
|
if (pn->pn_type == TOK_RB) {
|
|
for (pn2 = pn->pn_head; pn2; pn2 = pn2->pn_next) {
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_COMMA)
|
|
continue;
|
|
emitter = (pn2->pn_type == TOK_NAME)
|
|
? EmitDestructuringDecl
|
|
: EmitDestructuringDecls;
|
|
if (!emitter(cx, cg, prologOp, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_type == TOK_RC);
|
|
for (pn2 = pn->pn_head; pn2; pn2 = pn2->pn_next) {
|
|
pn3 = pn2->pn_right;
|
|
emitter = (pn3->pn_type == TOK_NAME)
|
|
? EmitDestructuringDecl
|
|
: EmitDestructuringDecls;
|
|
if (!emitter(cx, cg, prologOp, pn3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitDestructuringOpsHelper(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSParseNode *pn);
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitDestructuringLHS(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSParseNode *pn)
|
|
{
|
|
jsuint slot;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now emit the lvalue opcode sequence. If the lvalue is a nested
|
|
* destructuring initialiser-form, call ourselves to handle it, then
|
|
* pop the matched value. Otherwise emit an lvalue bytecode sequence
|
|
* ending with a JSOP_ENUMELEM or equivalent op.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (pn->pn_type == TOK_RB || pn->pn_type == TOK_RC) {
|
|
if (!EmitDestructuringOpsHelper(cx, cg, pn))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_POP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (pn->pn_type == TOK_NAME) {
|
|
if (!BindNameToSlot(cx, cg, pn))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (pn->isConst() && !pn->isInitialized())
|
|
return js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_POP) >= 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (pn->pn_op) {
|
|
case JSOP_SETNAME:
|
|
/*
|
|
* NB: pn is a PN_NAME node, not a PN_BINARY. Nevertheless,
|
|
* we want to emit JSOP_ENUMELEM, which has format JOF_ELEM.
|
|
* So here and for JSOP_ENUMCONSTELEM, we use EmitElemOp.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!EmitElemOp(cx, pn, JSOP_ENUMELEM, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case JSOP_SETCONST:
|
|
if (!EmitElemOp(cx, pn, JSOP_ENUMCONSTELEM, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case JSOP_SETLOCAL:
|
|
slot = (jsuint) pn->pn_cookie;
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_SETLOCALPOP, slot);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case JSOP_SETARG:
|
|
case JSOP_SETGVAR:
|
|
slot = (jsuint) pn->pn_cookie;
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(PN_OP(pn), slot);
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_POP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
{
|
|
ptrdiff_t top;
|
|
|
|
top = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_PCBASE, CG_OFFSET(cg) - top) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ENUMELEM) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case JSOP_ENUMELEM:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recursive helper for EmitDestructuringOps.
|
|
*
|
|
* Given a value to destructure on the stack, walk over an object or array
|
|
* initialiser at pn, emitting bytecodes to match property values and store
|
|
* them in the lvalues identified by the matched property names.
|
|
*/
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitDestructuringOpsHelper(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSParseNode *pn)
|
|
{
|
|
jsuint index;
|
|
JSParseNode *pn2, *pn3;
|
|
JSBool doElemOp;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
intN stackDepth = cg->stackDepth;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(stackDepth != 0);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_arity == PN_LIST);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_type == TOK_RB || pn->pn_type == TOK_RC);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (pn->pn_count == 0) {
|
|
/* Emit a DUP;POP sequence for the decompiler. */
|
|
return js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_DUP) >= 0 &&
|
|
js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_POP) >= 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
index = 0;
|
|
for (pn2 = pn->pn_head; pn2; pn2 = pn2->pn_next) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Duplicate the value being destructured to use as a reference base.
|
|
* If dup is not the first one, annotate it for the decompiler.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (pn2 != pn->pn_head && js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_CONTINUE) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_DUP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now push the property name currently being matched, which is either
|
|
* the array initialiser's current index, or the current property name
|
|
* "label" on the left of a colon in the object initialiser. Set pn3
|
|
* to the lvalue node, which is in the value-initializing position.
|
|
*/
|
|
doElemOp = JS_TRUE;
|
|
if (pn->pn_type == TOK_RB) {
|
|
if (!EmitNumberOp(cx, index, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
pn3 = pn2;
|
|
} else {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_type == TOK_RC);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn2->pn_type == TOK_COLON);
|
|
pn3 = pn2->pn_left;
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_NUMBER) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we are emitting an object destructuring initialiser,
|
|
* annotate the index op with SRC_INITPROP so we know we are
|
|
* not decompiling an array initialiser.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_INITPROP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!EmitNumberOp(cx, pn3->pn_dval, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn3->pn_type == TOK_STRING ||
|
|
pn3->pn_type == TOK_NAME);
|
|
if (!EmitAtomOp(cx, pn3, JSOP_GETPROP, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
doElemOp = JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
pn3 = pn2->pn_right;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (doElemOp) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Ok, get the value of the matching property name. This leaves
|
|
* that value on top of the value being destructured, so the stack
|
|
* is one deeper than when we started.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_GETELEM) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->stackDepth == stackDepth + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Nullary comma node makes a hole in the array destructurer. */
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_COMMA && pn3->pn_arity == PN_NULLARY) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_type == TOK_RB);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn2 == pn3);
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_POP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!EmitDestructuringLHS(cx, cg, pn3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->stackDepth == stackDepth);
|
|
++index;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static ptrdiff_t
|
|
OpToDeclType(JSOp op)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (op) {
|
|
case JSOP_NOP:
|
|
return SRC_DECL_LET;
|
|
case JSOP_DEFCONST:
|
|
return SRC_DECL_CONST;
|
|
case JSOP_DEFVAR:
|
|
return SRC_DECL_VAR;
|
|
default:
|
|
return SRC_DECL_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitDestructuringOps(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSOp prologOp,
|
|
JSParseNode *pn)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're called from a variable declaration, help the decompiler by
|
|
* annotating the first JSOP_DUP that EmitDestructuringOpsHelper emits.
|
|
* If the destructuring initialiser is empty, our helper will emit a
|
|
* JSOP_DUP followed by a JSOP_POP for the decompiler.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_DESTRUCT, OpToDeclType(prologOp)) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Call our recursive helper to emit the destructuring assignments and
|
|
* related stack manipulations.
|
|
*/
|
|
return EmitDestructuringOpsHelper(cx, cg, pn);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitGroupAssignment(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSOp prologOp,
|
|
JSParseNode *lhs, JSParseNode *rhs)
|
|
{
|
|
jsuint depth, limit, i, nslots;
|
|
JSParseNode *pn;
|
|
|
|
depth = limit = (uintN) cg->stackDepth;
|
|
for (pn = rhs->pn_head; pn; pn = pn->pn_next) {
|
|
if (limit == JS_BIT(16)) {
|
|
ReportCompileErrorNumber(cx, CG_TS(cg), rhs, JSREPORT_ERROR, JSMSG_ARRAY_INIT_TOO_BIG);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* MaybeEmitGroupAssignment won't call us if rhs is holey. */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!(pn->pn_type == TOK_COMMA && pn->pn_arity == PN_NULLARY));
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
++limit;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_GROUPASSIGN, OpToDeclType(prologOp)) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
i = depth;
|
|
for (pn = lhs->pn_head; pn; pn = pn->pn_next, ++i) {
|
|
/* MaybeEmitGroupAssignment requires lhs->pn_count <= rhs->pn_count. */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(i < limit);
|
|
jsint slot = AdjustBlockSlot(cx, cg, i);
|
|
if (slot < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_GETLOCAL, slot);
|
|
|
|
if (pn->pn_type == TOK_COMMA && pn->pn_arity == PN_NULLARY) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_POP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!EmitDestructuringLHS(cx, cg, pn))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nslots = limit - depth;
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_POPN, nslots);
|
|
cg->stackDepth = (uintN) depth;
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Helper called with pop out param initialized to a JSOP_POP* opcode. If we
|
|
* can emit a group assignment sequence, which results in 0 stack depth delta,
|
|
* we set *pop to JSOP_NOP so callers can veto emitting pn followed by a pop.
|
|
*/
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
MaybeEmitGroupAssignment(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSOp prologOp,
|
|
JSParseNode *pn, JSOp *pop)
|
|
{
|
|
JSParseNode *lhs, *rhs;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_type == TOK_ASSIGN);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(*pop == JSOP_POP || *pop == JSOP_POPV);
|
|
lhs = pn->pn_left;
|
|
rhs = pn->pn_right;
|
|
if (lhs->pn_type == TOK_RB && rhs->pn_type == TOK_RB &&
|
|
!(rhs->pn_xflags & PNX_HOLEY) &&
|
|
lhs->pn_count <= rhs->pn_count) {
|
|
if (!EmitGroupAssignment(cx, cg, prologOp, lhs, rhs))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
*pop = JSOP_NOP;
|
|
}
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING */
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitVariables(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSParseNode *pn,
|
|
JSBool inLetHead, ptrdiff_t *headNoteIndex)
|
|
{
|
|
bool let, forInVar, first;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_BLOCK_SCOPE
|
|
bool forInLet, popScope;
|
|
JSStmtInfo *stmt, *scopeStmt;
|
|
#endif
|
|
ptrdiff_t off, noteIndex, tmp;
|
|
JSParseNode *pn2, *pn3, *next;
|
|
JSOp op;
|
|
jsatomid atomIndex;
|
|
uintN oldflags;
|
|
|
|
/* Default in case of JS_HAS_BLOCK_SCOPE early return, below. */
|
|
*headNoteIndex = -1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Let blocks and expressions have a parenthesized head in which the new
|
|
* scope is not yet open. Initializer evaluation uses the parent node's
|
|
* lexical scope. If popScope is true below, then we hide the top lexical
|
|
* block from any calls to BindNameToSlot hiding in pn2->pn_expr so that
|
|
* it won't find any names in the new let block.
|
|
*
|
|
* The same goes for let declarations in the head of any kind of for loop.
|
|
* Unlike a let declaration 'let x = i' within a block, where x is hoisted
|
|
* to the start of the block, a 'for (let x = i...) ...' loop evaluates i
|
|
* in the containing scope, and puts x in the loop body's scope.
|
|
*/
|
|
let = (pn->pn_op == JSOP_NOP);
|
|
forInVar = (pn->pn_xflags & PNX_FORINVAR) != 0;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_BLOCK_SCOPE
|
|
forInLet = let && forInVar;
|
|
popScope = (inLetHead || (let && (cg->flags & TCF_IN_FOR_INIT)));
|
|
if (popScope) {
|
|
stmt = cg->topStmt;
|
|
scopeStmt = cg->topScopeStmt;
|
|
}
|
|
# ifdef __GNUC__
|
|
else stmt = scopeStmt = NULL; /* quell GCC overwarning */
|
|
# endif
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!popScope || let);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
off = noteIndex = -1;
|
|
for (pn2 = pn->pn_head; ; pn2 = next) {
|
|
first = pn2 == pn->pn_head;
|
|
next = pn2->pn_next;
|
|
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type != TOK_NAME) {
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_RB || pn2->pn_type == TOK_RC) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit variable binding ops, but not destructuring ops.
|
|
* The parser (see Variables, jsparse.c) has ensured that
|
|
* our caller will be the TOK_FOR/TOK_IN case in js_EmitTree,
|
|
* and that case will emit the destructuring code only after
|
|
* emitting an enumerating opcode and a branch that tests
|
|
* whether the enumeration ended.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(forInVar);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_count == 1);
|
|
if (!EmitDestructuringDecls(cx, cg, PN_OP(pn), pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* A destructuring initialiser assignment preceded by var will
|
|
* never occur to the left of 'in' in a for-in loop. As with 'for
|
|
* (var x = i in o)...', this will cause the entire 'var [a, b] =
|
|
* i' to be hoisted out of the loop.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn2->pn_type == TOK_ASSIGN);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!forInVar);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* To allow the front end to rewrite var f = x; as f = x; when a
|
|
* function f(){} precedes the var, detect simple name assignment
|
|
* here and initialize the name.
|
|
*/
|
|
#if !JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn2->pn_left->pn_type == TOK_NAME);
|
|
#else
|
|
if (pn2->pn_left->pn_type == TOK_NAME)
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
pn3 = pn2->pn_right;
|
|
pn2 = pn2->pn_left;
|
|
goto do_name;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING
|
|
if (pn->pn_count == 1) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* If this is the only destructuring assignment in the list,
|
|
* try to optimize to a group assignment. If we're in a let
|
|
* head, pass JSOP_POP rather than the pseudo-prolog JSOP_NOP
|
|
* in pn->pn_op, to suppress a second (and misplaced) 'let'.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(noteIndex < 0 && !pn2->pn_next);
|
|
op = JSOP_POP;
|
|
if (!MaybeEmitGroupAssignment(cx, cg,
|
|
inLetHead ? JSOP_POP : PN_OP(pn),
|
|
pn2, &op)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (op == JSOP_NOP) {
|
|
pn->pn_xflags = (pn->pn_xflags & ~PNX_POPVAR) | PNX_GROUPINIT;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pn3 = pn2->pn_left;
|
|
if (!EmitDestructuringDecls(cx, cg, PN_OP(pn), pn3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2->pn_right))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Veto pn->pn_op if inLetHead to avoid emitting a SRC_DESTRUCT
|
|
* that's redundant with respect to the SRC_DECL/SRC_DECL_LET that
|
|
* we will emit at the bottom of this function.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!EmitDestructuringOps(cx, cg,
|
|
inLetHead ? JSOP_POP : PN_OP(pn),
|
|
pn3)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
goto emit_note_pop;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Load initializer early to share code above that jumps to do_name.
|
|
* NB: if this var redeclares an existing binding, then pn2 is linked
|
|
* on its definition's use-chain and pn_expr has been overlayed with
|
|
* pn_lexdef.
|
|
*/
|
|
pn3 = pn2->maybeExpr();
|
|
|
|
do_name:
|
|
if (!BindNameToSlot(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn2);
|
|
if (op == JSOP_ARGUMENTS) {
|
|
/* JSOP_ARGUMENTS => no initializer */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!pn3 && !let);
|
|
pn3 = NULL;
|
|
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
|
atomIndex = 0; /* quell GCC overwarning */
|
|
#endif
|
|
} else {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(op != JSOP_CALLEE);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn2->pn_cookie != FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE || !let);
|
|
if (!MaybeEmitVarDecl(cx, cg, PN_OP(pn), pn2, &atomIndex))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (pn3) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!forInVar);
|
|
if (op == JSOP_SETNAME) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!let);
|
|
EMIT_INDEX_OP(JSOP_BINDNAME, atomIndex);
|
|
}
|
|
if (pn->pn_op == JSOP_DEFCONST &&
|
|
!js_DefineCompileTimeConstant(cx, cg, pn2->pn_atom, pn3)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_BLOCK_SCOPE
|
|
/* Evaluate expr in the outer lexical scope if requested. */
|
|
if (popScope) {
|
|
cg->topStmt = stmt->down;
|
|
cg->topScopeStmt = scopeStmt->downScope;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
oldflags = cg->flags;
|
|
cg->flags &= ~TCF_IN_FOR_INIT;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
cg->flags |= oldflags & TCF_IN_FOR_INIT;
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_BLOCK_SCOPE
|
|
if (popScope) {
|
|
cg->topStmt = stmt;
|
|
cg->topScopeStmt = scopeStmt;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The parser rewrites 'for (var x = i in o)' to hoist 'var x = i' --
|
|
* likewise 'for (let x = i in o)' becomes 'i; for (let x in o)' using
|
|
* a TOK_SEQ node to make the two statements appear as one. Therefore
|
|
* if this declaration is part of a for-in loop head, we do not need to
|
|
* emit op or any source note. Our caller, the TOK_FOR/TOK_IN case in
|
|
* js_EmitTree, will annotate appropriately.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT_IF(pn2->pn_defn, pn3 == pn2->pn_expr);
|
|
if (forInVar) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_count == 1);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!pn3);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (first &&
|
|
!inLetHead &&
|
|
js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_DECL,
|
|
(pn->pn_op == JSOP_DEFCONST)
|
|
? SRC_DECL_CONST
|
|
: (pn->pn_op == JSOP_DEFVAR)
|
|
? SRC_DECL_VAR
|
|
: SRC_DECL_LET) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (op == JSOP_ARGUMENTS) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else if (pn2->pn_cookie != FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE) {
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(op, atomIndex);
|
|
} else {
|
|
EMIT_INDEX_OP(op, atomIndex);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING
|
|
emit_note_pop:
|
|
#endif
|
|
tmp = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
if (noteIndex >= 0) {
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, (uintN)noteIndex, 0, tmp-off))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!next)
|
|
break;
|
|
off = tmp;
|
|
noteIndex = js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_PCDELTA, 0);
|
|
if (noteIndex < 0 || js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_POP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a let head, emit and return a srcnote on the pop. */
|
|
if (inLetHead) {
|
|
*headNoteIndex = js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_DECL);
|
|
if (*headNoteIndex < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!(pn->pn_xflags & PNX_POPVAR))
|
|
return js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_NOP) >= 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return !(pn->pn_xflags & PNX_POPVAR) || js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_POP) >= 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined DEBUG_brendan || defined DEBUG_mrbkap
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
GettableNoteForNextOp(JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
ptrdiff_t offset, target;
|
|
jssrcnote *sn, *end;
|
|
|
|
offset = 0;
|
|
target = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
for (sn = CG_NOTES(cg), end = sn + CG_NOTE_COUNT(cg); sn < end;
|
|
sn = SN_NEXT(sn)) {
|
|
if (offset == target && SN_IS_GETTABLE(sn))
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
offset += SN_DELTA(sn);
|
|
}
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Top-level named functions need a nop for decompilation. */
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
EmitFunctionDefNop(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, uintN index)
|
|
{
|
|
return js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_FUNCDEF, (ptrdiff_t)index) >= 0 &&
|
|
js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_NOP) >= 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
EmitNewInit(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSProtoKey key, JSParseNode *pn, int sharpnum)
|
|
{
|
|
if (js_Emit2(cx, cg, JSOP_NEWINIT, (jsbytecode) key) < 0)
|
|
return false;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_SHARP_VARS
|
|
if (cg->hasSharps()) {
|
|
if (pn->pn_count != 0)
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_SHARPINIT, cg->sharpSlotBase);
|
|
if (sharpnum >= 0)
|
|
EMIT_UINT16PAIR_IMM_OP(JSOP_DEFSHARP, cg->sharpSlotBase, sharpnum);
|
|
} else {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(sharpnum < 0);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
EmitEndInit(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, uint32 count)
|
|
{
|
|
#if JS_HAS_SHARP_VARS
|
|
/* Emit an op for sharp array cleanup and decompilation. */
|
|
if (cg->hasSharps() && count != 0)
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_SHARPINIT, cg->sharpSlotBase);
|
|
#endif
|
|
return js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ENDINIT) >= 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* See the SRC_FOR source note offsetBias comments later in this file. */
|
|
JS_STATIC_ASSERT(JSOP_NOP_LENGTH == 1);
|
|
JS_STATIC_ASSERT(JSOP_POP_LENGTH == 1);
|
|
|
|
JSBool
|
|
js_EmitTree(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSParseNode *pn)
|
|
{
|
|
JSBool ok, useful, wantval;
|
|
JSStmtInfo *stmt, stmtInfo;
|
|
ptrdiff_t top, off, tmp, beq, jmp;
|
|
JSParseNode *pn2, *pn3;
|
|
JSAtom *atom;
|
|
JSAtomListElement *ale;
|
|
jsatomid atomIndex;
|
|
uintN index;
|
|
ptrdiff_t noteIndex;
|
|
JSSrcNoteType noteType;
|
|
jsbytecode *pc;
|
|
JSOp op;
|
|
TokenKind type;
|
|
uint32 argc;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_SHARP_VARS
|
|
jsint sharpnum;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
JS_CHECK_RECURSION(cx, return JS_FALSE);
|
|
|
|
ok = JS_TRUE;
|
|
cg->emitLevel++;
|
|
pn->pn_offset = top = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
|
|
/* Emit notes to tell the current bytecode's source line number. */
|
|
UPDATE_LINE_NUMBER_NOTES(cx, cg, pn->pn_pos.begin.lineno);
|
|
|
|
switch (pn->pn_type) {
|
|
case TOK_FUNCTION:
|
|
{
|
|
JSFunction *fun;
|
|
uintN slot;
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
if (pn->pn_arity == PN_NULLARY) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_GETFUNNS) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
fun = (JSFunction *) pn->pn_funbox->object;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(FUN_INTERPRETED(fun));
|
|
if (fun->u.i.script) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* This second pass is needed to emit JSOP_NOP with a source note
|
|
* for the already-emitted function definition prolog opcode. See
|
|
* comments in the TOK_LC case.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_op == JSOP_NOP);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->inFunction());
|
|
if (!EmitFunctionDefNop(cx, cg, pn->pn_index))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT_IF(cx->options & JSOPTION_ANONFUNFIX,
|
|
pn->pn_defn ||
|
|
(!pn->pn_used && !pn->isTopLevel()) ||
|
|
(fun->flags & JSFUN_LAMBDA));
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT_IF(pn->pn_funbox->tcflags & TCF_FUN_HEAVYWEIGHT,
|
|
FUN_KIND(fun) == JSFUN_INTERPRETED);
|
|
|
|
/* Generate code for the function's body. */
|
|
void *cg2mark = JS_ARENA_MARK(cg->codePool);
|
|
void *cg2space;
|
|
JS_ARENA_ALLOCATE_TYPE(cg2space, JSCodeGenerator, cg->codePool);
|
|
if (!cg2space) {
|
|
js_ReportOutOfScriptQuota(cx);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
JSCodeGenerator *cg2 =
|
|
new (cg2space) JSCodeGenerator(cg->parser,
|
|
cg->codePool, cg->notePool,
|
|
pn->pn_pos.begin.lineno);
|
|
|
|
if (!cg2->init())
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
cg2->flags = pn->pn_funbox->tcflags | TCF_IN_FUNCTION;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_SHARP_VARS
|
|
if (cg2->flags & TCF_HAS_SHARPS) {
|
|
cg2->sharpSlotBase = fun->sharpSlotBase(cx);
|
|
if (cg2->sharpSlotBase < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
cg2->fun = fun;
|
|
cg2->funbox = pn->pn_funbox;
|
|
cg2->parent = cg;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* jsparse.cpp:SetStaticLevel limited static nesting depth to fit in 16
|
|
* bits and to reserve the all-ones value, thereby reserving the magic
|
|
* FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE value. Note the cg2->staticLevel assignment below.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->staticLevel < JS_BITMASK(16) - 1);
|
|
cg2->staticLevel = cg->staticLevel + 1;
|
|
|
|
/* We measured the max scope depth when we parsed the function. */
|
|
JS_SCOPE_DEPTH_METERING(cg2->maxScopeDepth = uint16(-1));
|
|
if (!js_EmitFunctionScript(cx, cg2, pn->pn_body))
|
|
pn = NULL;
|
|
|
|
cg2->~JSCodeGenerator();
|
|
JS_ARENA_RELEASE(cg->codePool, cg2mark);
|
|
cg2 = NULL;
|
|
if (!pn)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Make the function object a literal in the outer script's pool. */
|
|
index = cg->objectList.index(pn->pn_funbox);
|
|
|
|
/* Emit a bytecode pointing to the closure object in its immediate. */
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn);
|
|
if (op != JSOP_NOP) {
|
|
if ((pn->pn_funbox->tcflags & TCF_GENEXP_LAMBDA) &&
|
|
js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_GENEXP) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
EMIT_INDEX_OP(op, index);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For a script we emit the code as we parse. Thus the bytecode for
|
|
* top-level functions should go in the prolog to predefine their
|
|
* names in the variable object before the already-generated main code
|
|
* is executed. This extra work for top-level scripts is not necessary
|
|
* when we emit the code for a function. It is fully parsed prior to
|
|
* invocation of the emitter and calls to js_EmitTree for function
|
|
* definitions can be scheduled before generating the rest of code.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!cg->inFunction()) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!cg->topStmt);
|
|
CG_SWITCH_TO_PROLOG(cg);
|
|
op = FUN_FLAT_CLOSURE(fun) ? JSOP_DEFFUN_FC : JSOP_DEFFUN;
|
|
EMIT_INDEX_OP(op, index);
|
|
CG_SWITCH_TO_MAIN(cg);
|
|
|
|
/* Emit NOP for the decompiler. */
|
|
if (!EmitFunctionDefNop(cx, cg, index))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
JSLocalKind localKind =
|
|
#endif
|
|
js_LookupLocal(cx, cg->fun, fun->atom, &slot);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(localKind == JSLOCAL_VAR || localKind == JSLOCAL_CONST);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(index < JS_BIT(20));
|
|
pn->pn_index = index;
|
|
op = FUN_FLAT_CLOSURE(fun) ? JSOP_DEFLOCALFUN_FC : JSOP_DEFLOCALFUN;
|
|
if (!EmitSlotIndexOp(cx, op, slot, index, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case TOK_ARGSBODY:
|
|
ok = js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->last());
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_UPVARS:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->lexdeps.count == 0);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_names.count != 0);
|
|
cg->lexdeps = pn->pn_names;
|
|
ok = js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_tree);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_IF:
|
|
/* Initialize so we can detect else-if chains and avoid recursion. */
|
|
stmtInfo.type = STMT_IF;
|
|
beq = jmp = -1;
|
|
noteIndex = -1;
|
|
|
|
if_again:
|
|
/* Emit code for the condition before pushing stmtInfo. */
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid1))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
top = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
if (stmtInfo.type == STMT_IF) {
|
|
js_PushStatement(cg, &stmtInfo, STMT_IF, top);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/*
|
|
* We came here from the goto further below that detects else-if
|
|
* chains, so we must mutate stmtInfo back into a STMT_IF record.
|
|
* Also (see below for why) we need a note offset for SRC_IF_ELSE
|
|
* to help the decompiler. Actually, we need two offsets, one for
|
|
* decompiling any else clause and the second for decompiling an
|
|
* else-if chain without bracing, overindenting, or incorrectly
|
|
* scoping let declarations.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(stmtInfo.type == STMT_ELSE);
|
|
stmtInfo.type = STMT_IF;
|
|
stmtInfo.update = top;
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, noteIndex, 0, jmp - beq))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, noteIndex, 1, top - beq))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Emit an annotated branch-if-false around the then part. */
|
|
pn3 = pn->pn_kid3;
|
|
noteIndex = js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, pn3 ? SRC_IF_ELSE : SRC_IF);
|
|
if (noteIndex < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
beq = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_IFEQ, 0);
|
|
if (beq < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Emit code for the then and optional else parts. */
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (pn3) {
|
|
/* Modify stmtInfo so we know we're in the else part. */
|
|
stmtInfo.type = STMT_ELSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit a JSOP_BACKPATCH op to jump from the end of our then part
|
|
* around the else part. The js_PopStatementCG call at the bottom
|
|
* of this switch case will fix up the backpatch chain linked from
|
|
* stmtInfo.breaks.
|
|
*/
|
|
jmp = EmitGoto(cx, cg, &stmtInfo, &stmtInfo.breaks, NULL, SRC_NULL);
|
|
if (jmp < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Ensure the branch-if-false comes here, then emit the else. */
|
|
CHECK_AND_SET_JUMP_OFFSET_AT(cx, cg, beq);
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_IF) {
|
|
pn = pn3;
|
|
goto if_again;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Annotate SRC_IF_ELSE with the offset from branch to jump, for
|
|
* the decompiler's benefit. We can't just "back up" from the pc
|
|
* of the else clause, because we don't know whether an extended
|
|
* jump was required to leap from the end of the then clause over
|
|
* the else clause.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, noteIndex, 0, jmp - beq))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* No else part, fixup the branch-if-false to come here. */
|
|
CHECK_AND_SET_JUMP_OFFSET_AT(cx, cg, beq);
|
|
}
|
|
ok = js_PopStatementCG(cx, cg);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_SWITCH:
|
|
/* Out of line to avoid bloating js_EmitTree's stack frame size. */
|
|
ok = EmitSwitch(cx, cg, pn, &stmtInfo);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_WHILE:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Minimize bytecodes issued for one or more iterations by jumping to
|
|
* the condition below the body and closing the loop if the condition
|
|
* is true with a backward branch. For iteration count i:
|
|
*
|
|
* i test at the top test at the bottom
|
|
* = =============== ==================
|
|
* 0 ifeq-pass goto; ifne-fail
|
|
* 1 ifeq-fail; goto; ifne-pass goto; ifne-pass; ifne-fail
|
|
* 2 2*(ifeq-fail; goto); ifeq-pass goto; 2*ifne-pass; ifne-fail
|
|
* . . .
|
|
* N N*(ifeq-fail; goto); ifeq-pass goto; N*ifne-pass; ifne-fail
|
|
*
|
|
* SpiderMonkey, pre-mozilla.org, emitted while parsing and so used
|
|
* test at the top. When JSParseNode trees were added during the ES3
|
|
* work (1998-9), the code generation scheme was not optimized, and
|
|
* the decompiler continued to take advantage of the branch and jump
|
|
* that bracketed the body. But given the SRC_WHILE note, it is easy
|
|
* to support the more efficient scheme.
|
|
*/
|
|
js_PushStatement(cg, &stmtInfo, STMT_WHILE_LOOP, top);
|
|
noteIndex = js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_WHILE);
|
|
if (noteIndex < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
jmp = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_GOTO, 0);
|
|
if (jmp < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
top = js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_TRACE);
|
|
if (top < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_right))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
CHECK_AND_SET_JUMP_OFFSET_AT(cx, cg, jmp);
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_left))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
beq = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_IFNE, top - CG_OFFSET(cg));
|
|
if (beq < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, noteIndex, 0, beq - jmp))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
ok = js_PopStatementCG(cx, cg);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_DO:
|
|
/* Emit an annotated nop so we know to decompile a 'do' keyword. */
|
|
noteIndex = js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_WHILE);
|
|
if (noteIndex < 0 || js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_NOP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Compile the loop body. */
|
|
top = js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_TRACE);
|
|
if (top < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
js_PushStatement(cg, &stmtInfo, STMT_DO_LOOP, top);
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_left))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Set loop and enclosing label update offsets, for continue. */
|
|
stmt = &stmtInfo;
|
|
do {
|
|
stmt->update = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
} while ((stmt = stmt->down) != NULL && stmt->type == STMT_LABEL);
|
|
|
|
/* Compile the loop condition, now that continues know where to go. */
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_right))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Since we use JSOP_IFNE for other purposes as well as for do-while
|
|
* loops, we must store 1 + (beq - top) in the SRC_WHILE note offset,
|
|
* and the decompiler must get that delta and decompile recursively.
|
|
*/
|
|
beq = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_IFNE, top - CG_OFFSET(cg));
|
|
if (beq < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, noteIndex, 0, 1 + (beq - top)))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
ok = js_PopStatementCG(cx, cg);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_FOR:
|
|
beq = 0; /* suppress gcc warnings */
|
|
jmp = -1;
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_left;
|
|
js_PushStatement(cg, &stmtInfo, STMT_FOR_LOOP, top);
|
|
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_IN) {
|
|
/* Set stmtInfo type for later testing. */
|
|
stmtInfo.type = STMT_FOR_IN_LOOP;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the left part is 'var x', emit code to define x if necessary
|
|
* using a prolog opcode, but do not emit a pop. If the left part
|
|
* is 'var x = i', emit prolog code to define x if necessary; then
|
|
* emit code to evaluate i, assign the result to x, and pop the
|
|
* result off the stack.
|
|
*
|
|
* All the logic to do this is implemented in the outer switch's
|
|
* TOK_VAR case, conditioned on pn_xflags flags set by the parser.
|
|
*
|
|
* In the 'for (var x = i in o) ...' case, the js_EmitTree(...pn3)
|
|
* called here will generate the proper note for the assignment
|
|
* op that sets x = i, hoisting the initialized var declaration
|
|
* out of the loop: 'var x = i; for (x in o) ...'.
|
|
*
|
|
* In the 'for (var x in o) ...' case, nothing but the prolog op
|
|
* (if needed) should be generated here, we must emit the note
|
|
* just before the JSOP_FOR* opcode in the switch on pn3->pn_type
|
|
* a bit below, so nothing is hoisted: 'for (var x in o) ...'.
|
|
*
|
|
* A 'for (let x = i in o)' loop must not be hoisted, since in
|
|
* this form the let variable is scoped by the loop body (but not
|
|
* the head). The initializer expression i must be evaluated for
|
|
* any side effects. So we hoist only i in the let case.
|
|
*/
|
|
pn3 = pn2->pn_left;
|
|
type = PN_TYPE(pn3);
|
|
cg->flags |= TCF_IN_FOR_INIT;
|
|
if (TokenKindIsDecl(type) && !js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
cg->flags &= ~TCF_IN_FOR_INIT;
|
|
|
|
/* Compile the object expression to the right of 'in'. */
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2->pn_right))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit a bytecode to convert top of stack value to the iterator
|
|
* object depending on the loop variant (for-in, for-each-in, or
|
|
* destructuring for-in).
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_op == JSOP_ITER);
|
|
if (js_Emit2(cx, cg, JSOP_ITER, (uint8) pn->pn_iflags) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Annotate so the decompiler can find the loop-closing jump. */
|
|
noteIndex = js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_FOR_IN);
|
|
if (noteIndex < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Jump down to the loop condition to minimize overhead assuming at
|
|
* least one iteration, as the other loop forms do.
|
|
*/
|
|
jmp = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_GOTO, 0);
|
|
if (jmp < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
top = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
SET_STATEMENT_TOP(&stmtInfo, top);
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_TRACE) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
intN loopDepth = cg->stackDepth;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compile a JSOP_FOR* bytecode based on the left hand side.
|
|
*
|
|
* Initialize op to JSOP_SETNAME in case of |for ([a, b] in o)...|
|
|
* or similar, to signify assignment, rather than declaration, to
|
|
* the decompiler. EmitDestructuringOps takes a prolog bytecode
|
|
* parameter and emits the appropriate source note, defaulting to
|
|
* assignment, so JSOP_SETNAME is not critical here; many similar
|
|
* ops could be used -- just not JSOP_NOP (which means 'let').
|
|
*/
|
|
op = JSOP_SETNAME;
|
|
switch (type) {
|
|
#if JS_HAS_BLOCK_SCOPE
|
|
case TOK_LET:
|
|
#endif
|
|
case TOK_VAR:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn3->pn_arity == PN_LIST && pn3->pn_count == 1);
|
|
pn3 = pn3->pn_head;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_ASSIGN) {
|
|
pn3 = pn3->pn_left;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn3->pn_type == TOK_RB || pn3->pn_type == TOK_RC);
|
|
}
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_RB || pn3->pn_type == TOK_RC) {
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn2->pn_left);
|
|
goto destructuring_for;
|
|
}
|
|
#else
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn3->pn_type == TOK_NAME);
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
|
|
case TOK_NAME:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Always annotate JSOP_FORLOCAL if given input of the form
|
|
* 'for (let x in * o)' -- the decompiler must not hoist the
|
|
* 'let x' out of the loop head, or x will be bound in the
|
|
* wrong scope. Likewise, but in this case only for the sake
|
|
* of higher decompilation fidelity only, do not hoist 'var x'
|
|
* when given 'for (var x in o)'.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((
|
|
#if JS_HAS_BLOCK_SCOPE
|
|
type == TOK_LET ||
|
|
#endif
|
|
(type == TOK_VAR && !pn3->maybeExpr())) &&
|
|
js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_DECL,
|
|
(type == TOK_VAR)
|
|
? SRC_DECL_VAR
|
|
: SRC_DECL_LET) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (pn3->pn_cookie != FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE) {
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn3);
|
|
switch (op) {
|
|
case JSOP_GETARG: /* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
case JSOP_SETARG: op = JSOP_FORARG; break;
|
|
case JSOP_GETGVAR: /* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
case JSOP_SETGVAR: op = JSOP_FORNAME; break;
|
|
case JSOP_GETLOCAL: /* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
case JSOP_SETLOCAL: op = JSOP_FORLOCAL; break;
|
|
default: JS_ASSERT(0);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
pn3->pn_op = JSOP_FORNAME;
|
|
if (!BindNameToSlot(cx, cg, pn3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn3);
|
|
}
|
|
if (pn3->isConst()) {
|
|
ReportCompileErrorNumber(cx, CG_TS(cg), pn3, JSREPORT_ERROR,
|
|
JSMSG_BAD_FOR_LEFTSIDE);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (pn3->pn_cookie != FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE) {
|
|
atomIndex = (jsatomid) pn3->pn_cookie;
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(op, atomIndex);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!EmitAtomOp(cx, pn3, op, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_DOT:
|
|
/*
|
|
* 'for (o.p in q)' can use JSOP_FORPROP only if evaluating 'o'
|
|
* has no side effects.
|
|
*/
|
|
useful = JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!CheckSideEffects(cx, cg, pn3->expr(), &useful))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!useful) {
|
|
if (!EmitPropOp(cx, pn3, JSOP_FORPROP, cg, JS_FALSE))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
/* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING
|
|
destructuring_for:
|
|
#endif
|
|
default:
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_FORELEM) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->stackDepth >= 2);
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_RB || pn3->pn_type == TOK_RC) {
|
|
if (!EmitDestructuringOps(cx, cg, op, pn3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_POP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_LP) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn3->pn_op == JSOP_SETCALL);
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ENUMELEM) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_UNARYOP) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn3->pn_op == JSOP_BINDXMLNAME);
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ENUMELEM) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (!EmitElemOp(cx, pn3, JSOP_ENUMELEM, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* The stack should be balanced around the JSOP_FOR* opcode sequence. */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->stackDepth == loopDepth);
|
|
|
|
/* Set the first srcnote offset so we can find the start of the loop body. */
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, (uintN)noteIndex, 0, CG_OFFSET(cg) - jmp))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Emit code for the loop body. */
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_right))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Set loop and enclosing "update" offsets, for continue. */
|
|
stmt = &stmtInfo;
|
|
do {
|
|
stmt->update = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
} while ((stmt = stmt->down) != NULL && stmt->type == STMT_LABEL);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Fixup the goto that starts the loop to jump down to JSOP_MOREITER.
|
|
*/
|
|
CHECK_AND_SET_JUMP_OFFSET_AT(cx, cg, jmp);
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_MOREITER) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
beq = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_IFNE, top - CG_OFFSET(cg));
|
|
if (beq < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Set the second srcnote offset so we can find the closing jump. */
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, (uintN)noteIndex, 1, beq - jmp))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* C-style for (init; cond; update) ... loop. */
|
|
op = JSOP_POP;
|
|
pn3 = pn2->pn_kid1;
|
|
if (!pn3) {
|
|
/* No initializer: emit an annotated nop for the decompiler. */
|
|
op = JSOP_NOP;
|
|
} else {
|
|
cg->flags |= TCF_IN_FOR_INIT;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_ASSIGN &&
|
|
!MaybeEmitGroupAssignment(cx, cg, op, pn3, &op)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (op == JSOP_POP) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (TokenKindIsDecl(PN_TYPE(pn3))) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check whether a destructuring-initialized var decl
|
|
* was optimized to a group assignment. If so, we do
|
|
* not need to emit a pop below, so switch to a nop,
|
|
* just for the decompiler.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn3->pn_arity == PN_LIST);
|
|
if (pn3->pn_xflags & PNX_GROUPINIT)
|
|
op = JSOP_NOP;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
cg->flags &= ~TCF_IN_FOR_INIT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* NB: the SRC_FOR note has offsetBias 1 (JSOP_{NOP,POP}_LENGTH).
|
|
* Use tmp to hold the biased srcnote "top" offset, which differs
|
|
* from the top local variable by the length of the JSOP_GOTO{,X}
|
|
* emitted in between tmp and top if this loop has a condition.
|
|
*/
|
|
noteIndex = js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_FOR);
|
|
if (noteIndex < 0 || js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
tmp = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
|
|
if (pn2->pn_kid2) {
|
|
/* Goto the loop condition, which branches back to iterate. */
|
|
jmp = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_GOTO, 0);
|
|
if (jmp < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
top = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
SET_STATEMENT_TOP(&stmtInfo, top);
|
|
|
|
/* Emit code for the loop body. */
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_TRACE) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_right))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Set the second note offset so we can find the update part. */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(noteIndex != -1);
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, (uintN)noteIndex, 1,
|
|
CG_OFFSET(cg) - tmp)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Set loop and enclosing "update" offsets, for continue. */
|
|
stmt = &stmtInfo;
|
|
do {
|
|
stmt->update = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
} while ((stmt = stmt->down) != NULL && stmt->type == STMT_LABEL);
|
|
|
|
/* Check for update code to do before the condition (if any). */
|
|
pn3 = pn2->pn_kid3;
|
|
if (pn3) {
|
|
op = JSOP_POP;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_ASSIGN &&
|
|
!MaybeEmitGroupAssignment(cx, cg, op, pn3, &op)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (op == JSOP_POP && !js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Always emit the POP or NOP, to help the decompiler. */
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Restore the absolute line number for source note readers. */
|
|
off = (ptrdiff_t) pn->pn_pos.end.lineno;
|
|
if (CG_CURRENT_LINE(cg) != (uintN) off) {
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_SETLINE, off) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
CG_CURRENT_LINE(cg) = (uintN) off;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Set the first note offset so we can find the loop condition. */
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, (uintN)noteIndex, 0,
|
|
CG_OFFSET(cg) - tmp)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (pn2->pn_kid2) {
|
|
/* Fix up the goto from top to target the loop condition. */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(jmp >= 0);
|
|
CHECK_AND_SET_JUMP_OFFSET_AT(cx, cg, jmp);
|
|
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2->pn_kid2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* The third note offset helps us find the loop-closing jump. */
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, (uintN)noteIndex, 2,
|
|
CG_OFFSET(cg) - tmp)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (pn2->pn_kid2) {
|
|
beq = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_IFNE, top - CG_OFFSET(cg));
|
|
if (beq < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* No loop condition -- emit the loop-closing jump. */
|
|
jmp = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_GOTO, top - CG_OFFSET(cg));
|
|
if (jmp < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Now fixup all breaks and continues (before for/in's JSOP_ENDITER). */
|
|
if (!js_PopStatementCG(cx, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_IN) {
|
|
if (!NewTryNote(cx, cg, JSTRY_ITER, cg->stackDepth, top, CG_OFFSET(cg)) ||
|
|
js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ENDITER) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_BREAK:
|
|
stmt = cg->topStmt;
|
|
atom = pn->pn_atom;
|
|
if (atom) {
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
while (stmt->type != STMT_LABEL || stmt->label != atom)
|
|
stmt = stmt->down;
|
|
noteType = SRC_BREAK2LABEL;
|
|
} else {
|
|
ale = NULL;
|
|
while (!STMT_IS_LOOP(stmt) && stmt->type != STMT_SWITCH)
|
|
stmt = stmt->down;
|
|
noteType = (stmt->type == STMT_SWITCH) ? SRC_NULL : SRC_BREAK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (EmitGoto(cx, cg, stmt, &stmt->breaks, ale, noteType) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_CONTINUE:
|
|
stmt = cg->topStmt;
|
|
atom = pn->pn_atom;
|
|
if (atom) {
|
|
/* Find the loop statement enclosed by the matching label. */
|
|
JSStmtInfo *loop = NULL;
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
while (stmt->type != STMT_LABEL || stmt->label != atom) {
|
|
if (STMT_IS_LOOP(stmt))
|
|
loop = stmt;
|
|
stmt = stmt->down;
|
|
}
|
|
stmt = loop;
|
|
noteType = SRC_CONT2LABEL;
|
|
} else {
|
|
ale = NULL;
|
|
while (!STMT_IS_LOOP(stmt))
|
|
stmt = stmt->down;
|
|
noteType = SRC_CONTINUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (EmitGoto(cx, cg, stmt, &stmt->continues, ale, noteType) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_WITH:
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_left))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
js_PushStatement(cg, &stmtInfo, STMT_WITH, CG_OFFSET(cg));
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ENTERWITH) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_right))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_LEAVEWITH) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
ok = js_PopStatementCG(cx, cg);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_TRY:
|
|
{
|
|
ptrdiff_t tryStart, tryEnd, catchJump, finallyStart;
|
|
intN depth;
|
|
JSParseNode *lastCatch;
|
|
|
|
catchJump = -1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Push stmtInfo to track jumps-over-catches and gosubs-to-finally
|
|
* for later fixup.
|
|
*
|
|
* When a finally block is active (STMT_FINALLY in our tree context),
|
|
* non-local jumps (including jumps-over-catches) result in a GOSUB
|
|
* being written into the bytecode stream and fixed-up later (c.f.
|
|
* EmitBackPatchOp and BackPatch).
|
|
*/
|
|
js_PushStatement(cg, &stmtInfo,
|
|
pn->pn_kid3 ? STMT_FINALLY : STMT_TRY,
|
|
CG_OFFSET(cg));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Since an exception can be thrown at any place inside the try block,
|
|
* we need to restore the stack and the scope chain before we transfer
|
|
* the control to the exception handler.
|
|
*
|
|
* For that we store in a try note associated with the catch or
|
|
* finally block the stack depth upon the try entry. The interpreter
|
|
* uses this depth to properly unwind the stack and the scope chain.
|
|
*/
|
|
depth = cg->stackDepth;
|
|
|
|
/* Mark try location for decompilation, then emit try block. */
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_TRY) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
tryStart = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid1))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(depth == cg->stackDepth);
|
|
|
|
/* GOSUB to finally, if present. */
|
|
if (pn->pn_kid3) {
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_HIDDEN) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
jmp = EmitBackPatchOp(cx, cg, JSOP_BACKPATCH, &GOSUBS(stmtInfo));
|
|
if (jmp < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Emit (hidden) jump over catch and/or finally. */
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_HIDDEN) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
jmp = EmitBackPatchOp(cx, cg, JSOP_BACKPATCH, &catchJump);
|
|
if (jmp < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
tryEnd = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
|
|
/* If this try has a catch block, emit it. */
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_kid2;
|
|
lastCatch = NULL;
|
|
if (pn2) {
|
|
jsint count = 0; /* previous catch block's population */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The emitted code for a catch block looks like:
|
|
*
|
|
* [throwing] only if 2nd+ catch block
|
|
* [leaveblock] only if 2nd+ catch block
|
|
* enterblock with SRC_CATCH
|
|
* exception
|
|
* [dup] only if catchguard
|
|
* setlocalpop <slot> or destructuring code
|
|
* [< catchguard code >] if there's a catchguard
|
|
* [ifeq <offset to next catch block>] " "
|
|
* [pop] only if catchguard
|
|
* < catch block contents >
|
|
* leaveblock
|
|
* goto <end of catch blocks> non-local; finally applies
|
|
*
|
|
* If there's no catch block without a catchguard, the last
|
|
* <offset to next catch block> points to rethrow code. This
|
|
* code will [gosub] to the finally code if appropriate, and is
|
|
* also used for the catch-all trynote for capturing exceptions
|
|
* thrown from catch{} blocks.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (pn3 = pn2->pn_head; pn3; pn3 = pn3->pn_next) {
|
|
ptrdiff_t guardJump, catchNote;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->stackDepth == depth);
|
|
guardJump = GUARDJUMP(stmtInfo);
|
|
if (guardJump != -1) {
|
|
/* Fix up and clean up previous catch block. */
|
|
CHECK_AND_SET_JUMP_OFFSET_AT(cx, cg, guardJump);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Account for JSOP_ENTERBLOCK (whose block object count
|
|
* is saved below) and pushed exception object that we
|
|
* still have after the jumping from the previous guard.
|
|
*/
|
|
cg->stackDepth = depth + count + 1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Move exception back to cx->exception to prepare for
|
|
* the next catch. We hide [throwing] from the decompiler
|
|
* since it compensates for the hidden JSOP_DUP at the
|
|
* start of the previous guarded catch.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_HIDDEN) < 0 ||
|
|
js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_THROWING) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_HIDDEN) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_LEAVEBLOCK, count);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->stackDepth == depth);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Annotate the JSOP_ENTERBLOCK that's about to be generated
|
|
* by the call to js_EmitTree immediately below. Save this
|
|
* source note's index in stmtInfo for use by the TOK_CATCH:
|
|
* case, where the length of the catch guard is set as the
|
|
* note's offset.
|
|
*/
|
|
catchNote = js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_CATCH, 0);
|
|
if (catchNote < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
CATCHNOTE(stmtInfo) = catchNote;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit the lexical scope and catch body. Save the catch's
|
|
* block object population via count, for use when targeting
|
|
* guardJump at the next catch (the guard mismatch case).
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn3->pn_type == TOK_LEXICALSCOPE);
|
|
count = OBJ_BLOCK_COUNT(cx, pn3->pn_objbox->object);
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* gosub <finally>, if required */
|
|
if (pn->pn_kid3) {
|
|
jmp = EmitBackPatchOp(cx, cg, JSOP_BACKPATCH,
|
|
&GOSUBS(stmtInfo));
|
|
if (jmp < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->stackDepth == depth);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Jump over the remaining catch blocks. This will get fixed
|
|
* up to jump to after catch/finally.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_HIDDEN) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
jmp = EmitBackPatchOp(cx, cg, JSOP_BACKPATCH, &catchJump);
|
|
if (jmp < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Save a pointer to the last catch node to handle try-finally
|
|
* and try-catch(guard)-finally special cases.
|
|
*/
|
|
lastCatch = pn3->expr();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Last catch guard jumps to the rethrow code sequence if none of the
|
|
* guards match. Target guardJump at the beginning of the rethrow
|
|
* sequence, just in case a guard expression throws and leaves the
|
|
* stack unbalanced.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lastCatch && lastCatch->pn_kid2) {
|
|
CHECK_AND_SET_JUMP_OFFSET_AT(cx, cg, GUARDJUMP(stmtInfo));
|
|
|
|
/* Sync the stack to take into account pushed exception. */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->stackDepth == depth);
|
|
cg->stackDepth = depth + 1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Rethrow the exception, delegating executing of finally if any
|
|
* to the exception handler.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_HIDDEN) < 0 ||
|
|
js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_THROW) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->stackDepth == depth);
|
|
|
|
/* Emit finally handler if any. */
|
|
finallyStart = 0; /* to quell GCC uninitialized warnings */
|
|
if (pn->pn_kid3) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Fix up the gosubs that might have been emitted before non-local
|
|
* jumps to the finally code.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!BackPatch(cx, cg, GOSUBS(stmtInfo), CG_NEXT(cg), JSOP_GOSUB))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
finallyStart = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
|
|
/* Indicate that we're emitting a subroutine body. */
|
|
stmtInfo.type = STMT_SUBROUTINE;
|
|
if (!UpdateLineNumberNotes(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid3->pn_pos.begin.lineno))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_FINALLY) < 0 ||
|
|
!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid3) ||
|
|
js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_RETSUB) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->stackDepth == depth);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!js_PopStatementCG(cx, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_ENDBRACE) < 0 ||
|
|
js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_NOP) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Fix up the end-of-try/catch jumps to come here. */
|
|
if (!BackPatch(cx, cg, catchJump, CG_NEXT(cg), JSOP_GOTO))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add the try note last, to let post-order give us the right ordering
|
|
* (first to last for a given nesting level, inner to outer by level).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (pn->pn_kid2 &&
|
|
!NewTryNote(cx, cg, JSTRY_CATCH, depth, tryStart, tryEnd)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we've got a finally, mark try+catch region with additional
|
|
* trynote to catch exceptions (re)thrown from a catch block or
|
|
* for the try{}finally{} case.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (pn->pn_kid3 &&
|
|
!NewTryNote(cx, cg, JSTRY_FINALLY, depth, tryStart, finallyStart)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case TOK_CATCH:
|
|
{
|
|
ptrdiff_t catchStart, guardJump;
|
|
JSObject *blockObj;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Morph STMT_BLOCK to STMT_CATCH, note the block entry code offset,
|
|
* and save the block object atom.
|
|
*/
|
|
stmt = cg->topStmt;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(stmt->type == STMT_BLOCK && (stmt->flags & SIF_SCOPE));
|
|
stmt->type = STMT_CATCH;
|
|
catchStart = stmt->update;
|
|
blockObj = stmt->blockObj;
|
|
|
|
/* Go up one statement info record to the TRY or FINALLY record. */
|
|
stmt = stmt->down;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(stmt->type == STMT_TRY || stmt->type == STMT_FINALLY);
|
|
|
|
/* Pick up the pending exception and bind it to the catch variable. */
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_EXCEPTION) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Dup the exception object if there is a guard for rethrowing to use
|
|
* it later when rethrowing or in other catches.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (pn->pn_kid2 && js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_DUP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_kid1;
|
|
switch (pn2->pn_type) {
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING
|
|
case TOK_RB:
|
|
case TOK_RC:
|
|
if (!EmitDestructuringOps(cx, cg, JSOP_NOP, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_POP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
case TOK_NAME:
|
|
/* Inline and specialize BindNameToSlot for pn2. */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn2->pn_cookie != FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE);
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_SETLOCALPOP, pn2->pn_cookie);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Emit the guard expression, if there is one. */
|
|
if (pn->pn_kid2) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, CATCHNOTE(*stmt), 0,
|
|
CG_OFFSET(cg) - catchStart)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
/* ifeq <next block> */
|
|
guardJump = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_IFEQ, 0);
|
|
if (guardJump < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
GUARDJUMP(*stmt) = guardJump;
|
|
|
|
/* Pop duplicated exception object as we no longer need it. */
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_POP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Emit the catch body. */
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Annotate the JSOP_LEAVEBLOCK that will be emitted as we unwind via
|
|
* our TOK_LEXICALSCOPE parent, so the decompiler knows to pop.
|
|
*/
|
|
off = cg->stackDepth;
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_CATCH, off) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case TOK_VAR:
|
|
if (!EmitVariables(cx, cg, pn, JS_FALSE, ¬eIndex))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_RETURN:
|
|
/* Push a return value */
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_kid;
|
|
if (pn2) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_PUSH) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* EmitNonLocalJumpFixup may add fixup bytecode to close open try
|
|
* blocks having finally clauses and to exit intermingled let blocks.
|
|
* We can't simply transfer control flow to our caller in that case,
|
|
* because we must gosub to those finally clauses from inner to outer,
|
|
* with the correct stack pointer (i.e., after popping any with,
|
|
* for/in, etc., slots nested inside the finally's try).
|
|
*
|
|
* In this case we mutate JSOP_RETURN into JSOP_SETRVAL and add an
|
|
* extra JSOP_RETRVAL after the fixups.
|
|
*/
|
|
top = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_RETURN) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!EmitNonLocalJumpFixup(cx, cg, NULL))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (top + JSOP_RETURN_LENGTH != CG_OFFSET(cg)) {
|
|
CG_BASE(cg)[top] = JSOP_SETRVAL;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_RETRVAL) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_GENERATORS
|
|
case TOK_YIELD:
|
|
if (!cg->inFunction()) {
|
|
ReportCompileErrorNumber(cx, CG_TS(cg), pn, JSREPORT_ERROR,
|
|
JSMSG_BAD_RETURN_OR_YIELD,
|
|
js_yield_str);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (pn->pn_kid) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_PUSH) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (pn->pn_hidden && js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_HIDDEN) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_YIELD) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
case TOK_LC:
|
|
{
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
if (pn->pn_arity == PN_UNARY) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, PN_OP(pn)) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_arity == PN_LIST);
|
|
|
|
noteIndex = -1;
|
|
tmp = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
if (pn->pn_xflags & PNX_NEEDBRACES) {
|
|
noteIndex = js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_BRACE, 0);
|
|
if (noteIndex < 0 || js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_NOP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
js_PushStatement(cg, &stmtInfo, STMT_BLOCK, top);
|
|
|
|
JSParseNode *pnchild = pn->pn_head;
|
|
if (pn->pn_xflags & PNX_FUNCDEFS) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* This block contains top-level function definitions. To ensure
|
|
* that we emit the bytecode defining them before the rest of code
|
|
* in the block we use a separate pass over functions. During the
|
|
* main pass later the emitter will add JSOP_NOP with source notes
|
|
* for the function to preserve the original functions position
|
|
* when decompiling.
|
|
*
|
|
* Currently this is used only for functions, as compile-as-we go
|
|
* mode for scripts does not allow separate emitter passes.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->inFunction());
|
|
if (pn->pn_xflags & PNX_DESTRUCT) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Assign the destructuring arguments before defining any
|
|
* functions, see bug 419662.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pnchild->pn_type == TOK_SEMI);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pnchild->pn_kid->pn_type == TOK_COMMA);
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pnchild))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
pnchild = pnchild->pn_next;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (pn2 = pnchild; pn2; pn2 = pn2->pn_next) {
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_FUNCTION) {
|
|
if (pn2->pn_op == JSOP_NOP) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/*
|
|
* JSOP_DEFFUN in a top-level block with function
|
|
* definitions appears, for example, when "if (true)"
|
|
* is optimized away from "if (true) function x() {}".
|
|
* See bug 428424.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn2->pn_op == JSOP_DEFFUN);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
for (pn2 = pnchild; pn2; pn2 = pn2->pn_next) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (noteIndex >= 0 &&
|
|
!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, (uintN)noteIndex, 0,
|
|
CG_OFFSET(cg) - tmp)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ok = js_PopStatementCG(cx, cg);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case TOK_SEQ:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_arity == PN_LIST);
|
|
js_PushStatement(cg, &stmtInfo, STMT_SEQ, top);
|
|
for (pn2 = pn->pn_head; pn2; pn2 = pn2->pn_next) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
ok = js_PopStatementCG(cx, cg);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_SEMI:
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_kid;
|
|
if (pn2) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Top-level or called-from-a-native JS_Execute/EvaluateScript,
|
|
* debugger, and eval frames may need the value of the ultimate
|
|
* expression statement as the script's result, despite the fact
|
|
* that it appears useless to the compiler.
|
|
*
|
|
* API users may also set the JSOPTION_NO_SCRIPT_RVAL option when
|
|
* calling JS_Compile* to suppress JSOP_POPV.
|
|
*/
|
|
useful = wantval = !(cg->flags & (TCF_IN_FUNCTION | TCF_NO_SCRIPT_RVAL));
|
|
if (!useful) {
|
|
if (!CheckSideEffects(cx, cg, pn2, &useful))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't eliminate apparently useless expressions if they are
|
|
* labeled expression statements. The tc->topStmt->update test
|
|
* catches the case where we are nesting in js_EmitTree for a
|
|
* labeled compound statement.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!useful &&
|
|
(!cg->topStmt ||
|
|
cg->topStmt->type != STMT_LABEL ||
|
|
cg->topStmt->update < CG_OFFSET(cg))) {
|
|
CG_CURRENT_LINE(cg) = pn2->pn_pos.begin.lineno;
|
|
if (!ReportCompileErrorNumber(cx, CG_TS(cg), pn2,
|
|
JSREPORT_WARNING | JSREPORT_STRICT,
|
|
JSMSG_USELESS_EXPR)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
op = wantval ? JSOP_POPV : JSOP_POP;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING
|
|
if (!wantval &&
|
|
pn2->pn_type == TOK_ASSIGN &&
|
|
!MaybeEmitGroupAssignment(cx, cg, op, pn2, &op)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (op != JSOP_NOP) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Specialize JSOP_SETPROP to JSOP_SETMETHOD to defer or
|
|
* avoid null closure cloning. Do this only for assignment
|
|
* statements that are not completion values wanted by a
|
|
* script evaluator, to ensure that the joined function
|
|
* can't escape directly.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!wantval &&
|
|
PN_TYPE(pn2) == TOK_ASSIGN &&
|
|
PN_OP(pn2) == JSOP_NOP &&
|
|
PN_OP(pn2->pn_left) == JSOP_SETPROP &&
|
|
PN_OP(pn2->pn_right) == JSOP_LAMBDA &&
|
|
pn2->pn_right->pn_funbox->joinable()) {
|
|
pn2->pn_left->pn_op = JSOP_SETMETHOD;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_COLON:
|
|
/* Emit an annotated nop so we know to decompile a label. */
|
|
atom = pn->pn_atom;
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
pn2 = pn->expr();
|
|
noteType = (pn2->pn_type == TOK_LC ||
|
|
(pn2->pn_type == TOK_LEXICALSCOPE &&
|
|
pn2->expr()->pn_type == TOK_LC))
|
|
? SRC_LABELBRACE
|
|
: SRC_LABEL;
|
|
noteIndex = js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, noteType,
|
|
(ptrdiff_t) ALE_INDEX(ale));
|
|
if (noteIndex < 0 ||
|
|
js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_NOP) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Emit code for the labeled statement. */
|
|
js_PushStatement(cg, &stmtInfo, STMT_LABEL, CG_OFFSET(cg));
|
|
stmtInfo.label = atom;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!js_PopStatementCG(cx, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* If the statement was compound, emit a note for the end brace. */
|
|
if (noteType == SRC_LABELBRACE) {
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_ENDBRACE) < 0 ||
|
|
js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_NOP) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_COMMA:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit SRC_PCDELTA notes on each JSOP_POP between comma operands.
|
|
* These notes help the decompiler bracket the bytecodes generated
|
|
* from each sub-expression that follows a comma.
|
|
*/
|
|
off = noteIndex = -1;
|
|
for (pn2 = pn->pn_head; ; pn2 = pn2->pn_next) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
tmp = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
if (noteIndex >= 0) {
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, (uintN)noteIndex, 0, tmp-off))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!pn2->pn_next)
|
|
break;
|
|
off = tmp;
|
|
noteIndex = js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_PCDELTA, 0);
|
|
if (noteIndex < 0 ||
|
|
js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_POP) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_ASSIGN:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check left operand type and generate specialized code for it.
|
|
* Specialize to avoid ECMA "reference type" values on the operand
|
|
* stack, which impose pervasive runtime "GetValue" costs.
|
|
*/
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_left;
|
|
atomIndex = (jsatomid) -1; /* quell GCC overwarning */
|
|
switch (PN_TYPE(pn2)) {
|
|
case TOK_NAME:
|
|
if (!BindNameToSlot(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (pn2->pn_cookie != FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE) {
|
|
atomIndex = (jsatomid) pn2->pn_cookie;
|
|
} else {
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, pn2->pn_atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
atomIndex = ALE_INDEX(ale);
|
|
if (!pn2->isConst())
|
|
EMIT_INDEX_OP(JSOP_BINDNAME, atomIndex);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_DOT:
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2->expr()))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, pn2->pn_atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
atomIndex = ALE_INDEX(ale);
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_LB:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn2->pn_arity == PN_BINARY);
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2->pn_left))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2->pn_right))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING
|
|
case TOK_RB:
|
|
case TOK_RC:
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
case TOK_LP:
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
case TOK_UNARYOP:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn2->pn_op == JSOP_SETXMLNAME);
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2->pn_kid))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_BINDXMLNAME) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
default:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn);
|
|
if (op != JSOP_NOP) {
|
|
switch (pn2->pn_type) {
|
|
case TOK_NAME:
|
|
if (pn2->isConst()) {
|
|
if (PN_OP(pn2) == JSOP_CALLEE) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_CALLEE) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
EMIT_INDEX_OP(PN_OP(pn2), atomIndex);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (PN_OP(pn2) == JSOP_SETNAME) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_DUP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
EMIT_INDEX_OP(JSOP_GETXPROP, atomIndex);
|
|
} else {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(PN_OP(pn2) != JSOP_GETUPVAR);
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP((PN_OP(pn2) == JSOP_SETGVAR)
|
|
? JSOP_GETGVAR
|
|
: (PN_OP(pn2) == JSOP_SETARG)
|
|
? JSOP_GETARG
|
|
: JSOP_GETLOCAL,
|
|
atomIndex);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_DOT:
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_DUP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (pn2->pn_atom == cx->runtime->atomState.lengthAtom) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_LENGTH) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else if (pn2->pn_atom == cx->runtime->atomState.protoAtom) {
|
|
if (!EmitIndexOp(cx, JSOP_QNAMEPART, atomIndex, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_GETELEM) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
EMIT_INDEX_OP(JSOP_GETPROP, atomIndex);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_LB:
|
|
case TOK_LP:
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
case TOK_UNARYOP:
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_DUP2) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_GETELEM) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Now emit the right operand (it may affect the namespace). */
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_right))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* If += etc., emit the binary operator with a decompiler note. */
|
|
if (op != JSOP_NOP) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Take care to avoid SRC_ASSIGNOP if the left-hand side is a const
|
|
* declared in the current compilation unit, as in this case (just
|
|
* a bit further below) we will avoid emitting the assignment op.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type != TOK_NAME || !pn2->isConst()) {
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_ASSIGNOP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Left parts such as a.b.c and a[b].c need a decompiler note. */
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type != TOK_NAME &&
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING
|
|
pn2->pn_type != TOK_RB &&
|
|
pn2->pn_type != TOK_RC &&
|
|
#endif
|
|
js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_PCBASE, CG_OFFSET(cg) - top) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Finally, emit the specialized assignment bytecode. */
|
|
switch (pn2->pn_type) {
|
|
case TOK_NAME:
|
|
if (pn2->isConst())
|
|
break;
|
|
/* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
case TOK_DOT:
|
|
EMIT_INDEX_OP(PN_OP(pn2), atomIndex);
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_LB:
|
|
case TOK_LP:
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_SETELEM) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING
|
|
case TOK_RB:
|
|
case TOK_RC:
|
|
if (!EmitDestructuringOps(cx, cg, JSOP_SETNAME, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
case TOK_UNARYOP:
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_SETXMLNAME) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
default:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(0);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_HOOK:
|
|
/* Emit the condition, then branch if false to the else part. */
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid1))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
noteIndex = js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_COND);
|
|
if (noteIndex < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
beq = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_IFEQ, 0);
|
|
if (beq < 0 || !js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Jump around else, fixup the branch, emit else, fixup jump. */
|
|
jmp = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_GOTO, 0);
|
|
if (jmp < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
CHECK_AND_SET_JUMP_OFFSET_AT(cx, cg, beq);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Because each branch pushes a single value, but our stack budgeting
|
|
* analysis ignores branches, we now have to adjust cg->stackDepth to
|
|
* ignore the value pushed by the first branch. Execution will follow
|
|
* only one path, so we must decrement cg->stackDepth.
|
|
*
|
|
* Failing to do this will foil code, such as the try/catch/finally
|
|
* exception handling code generator, that samples cg->stackDepth for
|
|
* use at runtime (JSOP_SETSP), or in let expression and block code
|
|
* generation, which must use the stack depth to compute local stack
|
|
* indexes correctly.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->stackDepth > 0);
|
|
cg->stackDepth--;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
CHECK_AND_SET_JUMP_OFFSET_AT(cx, cg, jmp);
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, noteIndex, 0, jmp - beq))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_OR:
|
|
case TOK_AND:
|
|
/*
|
|
* JSOP_OR converts the operand on the stack to boolean, and if true,
|
|
* leaves the original operand value on the stack and jumps; otherwise
|
|
* it pops and falls into the next bytecode, which evaluates the right
|
|
* operand. The jump goes around the right operand evaluation.
|
|
*
|
|
* JSOP_AND converts the operand on the stack to boolean, and if false,
|
|
* leaves the original operand value on the stack and jumps; otherwise
|
|
* it pops and falls into the right operand's bytecode.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (pn->pn_arity == PN_BINARY) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_left))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
top = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_BACKPATCH_POP, 0);
|
|
if (top < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_right))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
off = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
pc = CG_CODE(cg, top);
|
|
CHECK_AND_SET_JUMP_OFFSET(cx, cg, pc, off - top);
|
|
*pc = pn->pn_op;
|
|
} else {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_arity == PN_LIST);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_head->pn_next->pn_next);
|
|
|
|
/* Left-associative operator chain: avoid too much recursion. */
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_head;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
top = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_BACKPATCH_POP, 0);
|
|
if (top < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Emit nodes between the head and the tail. */
|
|
jmp = top;
|
|
while ((pn2 = pn2->pn_next)->pn_next) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
off = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_BACKPATCH_POP, 0);
|
|
if (off < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!SetBackPatchDelta(cx, cg, CG_CODE(cg, jmp), off - jmp))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
jmp = off;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_head;
|
|
off = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
do {
|
|
pc = CG_CODE(cg, top);
|
|
tmp = GetJumpOffset(cg, pc);
|
|
CHECK_AND_SET_JUMP_OFFSET(cx, cg, pc, off - top);
|
|
*pc = pn->pn_op;
|
|
top += tmp;
|
|
} while ((pn2 = pn2->pn_next)->pn_next);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_PLUS:
|
|
/* For TCF_IN_FUNCTION test, see TOK_RB concerning JSOP_NEWARRAY. */
|
|
if (pn->pn_arity == PN_LIST && pn->pn_count < JS_BIT(16) &&
|
|
cg->inFunction()) {
|
|
/* Emit up to the first string literal conventionally. */
|
|
for (pn2 = pn->pn_head; pn2; pn2 = pn2->pn_next) {
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_STRING)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (pn2 != pn->pn_head && js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ADD) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!pn2)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Having seen a string literal, we know statically that the rest
|
|
* of the additions are string concatenation, so we emit them as a
|
|
* single concatn. First, do string conversion on the result of the
|
|
* preceding zero or more additions so that any side effects of
|
|
* string conversion occur before the next operand begins.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (pn2 == pn->pn_head) {
|
|
index = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_OBJTOSTR))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
index = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (; pn2; pn2 = pn2->pn_next, index++) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!pn2->isLiteral() && js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_OBJTOSTR) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_CONCATN, index);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case TOK_BITOR:
|
|
case TOK_BITXOR:
|
|
case TOK_BITAND:
|
|
case TOK_EQOP:
|
|
case TOK_RELOP:
|
|
case TOK_IN:
|
|
case TOK_INSTANCEOF:
|
|
case TOK_SHOP:
|
|
case TOK_MINUS:
|
|
case TOK_STAR:
|
|
case TOK_DIVOP:
|
|
if (pn->pn_arity == PN_LIST) {
|
|
/* Left-associative operator chain: avoid too much recursion. */
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_head;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn);
|
|
while ((pn2 = pn2->pn_next) != NULL) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
uintN oldflags;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_DBLCOLON:
|
|
if (pn->pn_arity == PN_NAME) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->expr()))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!EmitAtomOp(cx, pn, PN_OP(pn), cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Binary :: has a right operand that brackets arbitrary code,
|
|
* possibly including a let (a = b) ... expression. We must clear
|
|
* TCF_IN_FOR_INIT to avoid mis-compiling such beasts.
|
|
*/
|
|
oldflags = cg->flags;
|
|
cg->flags &= ~TCF_IN_FOR_INIT;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Binary operators that evaluate both operands unconditionally. */
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_left))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_right))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
cg->flags |= oldflags & TCF_IN_FOR_INIT;
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, PN_OP(pn)) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_THROW:
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
case TOK_AT:
|
|
case TOK_DEFAULT:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_arity == PN_UNARY);
|
|
/* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
#endif
|
|
case TOK_UNARYOP:
|
|
{
|
|
uintN oldflags;
|
|
|
|
/* Unary op, including unary +/-. */
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn);
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
if (op == JSOP_XMLNAME) {
|
|
if (!EmitXMLName(cx, pn, op, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_kid;
|
|
|
|
if (op == JSOP_TYPEOF && pn2->pn_type != TOK_NAME)
|
|
op = JSOP_TYPEOFEXPR;
|
|
|
|
oldflags = cg->flags;
|
|
cg->flags &= ~TCF_IN_FOR_INIT;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
cg->flags |= oldflags & TCF_IN_FOR_INIT;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case TOK_INC:
|
|
case TOK_DEC:
|
|
/* Emit lvalue-specialized code for ++/-- operators. */
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_kid;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn2->pn_type != TOK_RP);
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn);
|
|
switch (pn2->pn_type) {
|
|
default:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn2->pn_type == TOK_NAME);
|
|
pn2->pn_op = op;
|
|
if (!BindNameToSlot(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn2);
|
|
if (op == JSOP_CALLEE) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else if (pn2->pn_cookie != FREE_UPVAR_COOKIE) {
|
|
atomIndex = (jsatomid) pn2->pn_cookie;
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(op, atomIndex);
|
|
} else {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(JOF_OPTYPE(op) == JOF_ATOM);
|
|
if (!EmitAtomOp(cx, pn2, op, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (pn2->isConst()) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_POS) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn);
|
|
if (!(js_CodeSpec[op].format & JOF_POST)) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ONE) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
op = (js_CodeSpec[op].format & JOF_INC) ? JSOP_ADD : JSOP_SUB;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_DOT:
|
|
if (!EmitPropOp(cx, pn2, op, cg, JS_FALSE))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_LB:
|
|
if (!EmitElemOp(cx, pn2, op, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_LP:
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_PCBASE,
|
|
CG_OFFSET(cg) - pn2->pn_offset) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
case TOK_UNARYOP:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn2->pn_op == JSOP_SETXMLNAME);
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2->pn_kid))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_BINDXMLNAME) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_DELETE:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Under ECMA 3, deleting a non-reference returns true -- but alas we
|
|
* must evaluate the operand if it appears it might have side effects.
|
|
*/
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_kid;
|
|
switch (pn2->pn_type) {
|
|
case TOK_NAME:
|
|
if (!BindNameToSlot(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn2);
|
|
if (op == JSOP_FALSE) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!EmitAtomOp(cx, pn2, op, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_DOT:
|
|
if (!EmitPropOp(cx, pn2, JSOP_DELPROP, cg, JS_FALSE))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
case TOK_DBLDOT:
|
|
if (!EmitElemOp(cx, pn2, JSOP_DELDESC, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
case TOK_LB:
|
|
if (!EmitElemOp(cx, pn2, JSOP_DELELEM, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
/*
|
|
* If useless, just emit JSOP_TRUE; otherwise convert delete foo()
|
|
* to foo(), true (a comma expression, requiring SRC_PCDELTA).
|
|
*/
|
|
useful = JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!CheckSideEffects(cx, cg, pn2, &useful))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!useful) {
|
|
off = noteIndex = -1;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (pn2->pn_op == JSOP_SETCALL)
|
|
pn2->pn_op = JSOP_CALL;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
off = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
noteIndex = js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_PCDELTA, 0);
|
|
if (noteIndex < 0 || js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_POP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_TRUE) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (noteIndex >= 0) {
|
|
tmp = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, (uintN)noteIndex, 0, tmp-off))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
case TOK_FILTER:
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_left))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
jmp = EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_FILTER, 0);
|
|
if (jmp < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
top = js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_TRACE);
|
|
if (top < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_right))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
CHECK_AND_SET_JUMP_OFFSET_AT(cx, cg, jmp);
|
|
if (EmitJump(cx, cg, JSOP_ENDFILTER, top - CG_OFFSET(cg)) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
case TOK_DOT:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Pop a stack operand, convert it to object, get a property named by
|
|
* this bytecode's immediate-indexed atom operand, and push its value
|
|
* (not a reference to it).
|
|
*/
|
|
ok = EmitPropOp(cx, pn, PN_OP(pn), cg, JS_FALSE);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_LB:
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
case TOK_DBLDOT:
|
|
#endif
|
|
/*
|
|
* Pop two operands, convert the left one to object and the right one
|
|
* to property name (atom or tagged int), get the named property, and
|
|
* push its value. Set the "obj" register to the result of ToObject
|
|
* on the left operand.
|
|
*/
|
|
ok = EmitElemOp(cx, pn, PN_OP(pn), cg);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_NEW:
|
|
case TOK_LP:
|
|
{
|
|
bool callop = (PN_TYPE(pn) == TOK_LP);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit callable invocation or operator new (constructor call) code.
|
|
* First, emit code for the left operand to evaluate the callable or
|
|
* constructable object expression.
|
|
*
|
|
* For operator new applied to other expressions than E4X ones, we emit
|
|
* JSOP_GETPROP instead of JSOP_CALLPROP, etc. This is necessary to
|
|
* interpose the lambda-initialized method read barrier -- see the code
|
|
* in jsops.cpp for JSOP_LAMBDA followed by JSOP_{SET,INIT}PROP.
|
|
*
|
|
* Then (or in a call case that has no explicit reference-base object)
|
|
* we emit JSOP_NULL as a placeholder local GC root to hold the |this|
|
|
* parameter: in the operator new case, the newborn instance; in the
|
|
* base-less call case, a cookie meaning "use the global object as the
|
|
* |this| value" (or in ES5 strict mode, "use undefined", so we should
|
|
* use JSOP_PUSH instead of JSOP_NULL -- see bug 514570).
|
|
*/
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_head;
|
|
switch (pn2->pn_type) {
|
|
case TOK_NAME:
|
|
if (!EmitNameOp(cx, cg, pn2, callop))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_DOT:
|
|
if (!EmitPropOp(cx, pn2, PN_OP(pn2), cg, callop))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_LB:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn2->pn_op == JSOP_GETELEM);
|
|
if (!EmitElemOp(cx, pn2, callop ? JSOP_CALLELEM : JSOP_GETELEM, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_UNARYOP:
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
if (pn2->pn_op == JSOP_XMLNAME) {
|
|
if (!EmitXMLName(cx, pn2, JSOP_CALLXMLNAME, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
callop = true; /* suppress JSOP_NULL after */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
default:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Push null as a placeholder for the global object, per ECMA-262
|
|
* 11.2.3 step 6.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
callop = false; /* trigger JSOP_NULL after */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!callop && js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_NULL) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Remember start of callable-object bytecode for decompilation hint. */
|
|
off = top;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit code for each argument in order, then emit the JSOP_*CALL or
|
|
* JSOP_NEW bytecode with a two-byte immediate telling how many args
|
|
* were pushed on the operand stack.
|
|
*/
|
|
uintN oldflags = cg->flags;
|
|
cg->flags &= ~TCF_IN_FOR_INIT;
|
|
for (pn3 = pn2->pn_next; pn3; pn3 = pn3->pn_next) {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn3))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
cg->flags |= oldflags & TCF_IN_FOR_INIT;
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_PCBASE, CG_OFFSET(cg) - off) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
argc = pn->pn_count - 1;
|
|
if (js_Emit3(cx, cg, PN_OP(pn), ARGC_HI(argc), ARGC_LO(argc)) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (PN_OP(pn) == JSOP_CALL) {
|
|
/* Add a trace hint opcode for recursion. */
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_TRACE) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (PN_OP(pn) == JSOP_EVAL)
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_LINENO, pn->pn_pos.begin.lineno);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case TOK_LEXICALSCOPE:
|
|
{
|
|
JSObjectBox *objbox;
|
|
uintN count;
|
|
|
|
objbox = pn->pn_objbox;
|
|
js_PushBlockScope(cg, &stmtInfo, objbox->object, CG_OFFSET(cg));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If this lexical scope is not for a catch block, let block or let
|
|
* expression, or any kind of for loop (where the scope starts in the
|
|
* head after the first part if for (;;), else in the body if for-in);
|
|
* and if our container is top-level but not a function body, or else
|
|
* a block statement; then emit a SRC_BRACE note. All other container
|
|
* statements get braces by default from the decompiler.
|
|
*/
|
|
noteIndex = -1;
|
|
type = PN_TYPE(pn->expr());
|
|
if (type != TOK_CATCH && type != TOK_LET && type != TOK_FOR &&
|
|
(!(stmt = stmtInfo.down)
|
|
? !cg->inFunction()
|
|
: stmt->type == STMT_BLOCK)) {
|
|
#if defined DEBUG_brendan || defined DEBUG_mrbkap
|
|
/* There must be no source note already output for the next op. */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(CG_NOTE_COUNT(cg) == 0 ||
|
|
CG_LAST_NOTE_OFFSET(cg) != CG_OFFSET(cg) ||
|
|
!GettableNoteForNextOp(cg));
|
|
#endif
|
|
noteIndex = js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_BRACE, 0);
|
|
if (noteIndex < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(CG_OFFSET(cg) == top);
|
|
if (!EmitEnterBlock(cx, pn, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_expr))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn);
|
|
if (op == JSOP_LEAVEBLOCKEXPR) {
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_PCBASE, CG_OFFSET(cg) - top) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (noteIndex >= 0 &&
|
|
!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, (uintN)noteIndex, 0,
|
|
CG_OFFSET(cg) - top)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Emit the JSOP_LEAVEBLOCK or JSOP_LEAVEBLOCKEXPR opcode. */
|
|
count = OBJ_BLOCK_COUNT(cx, objbox->object);
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(op, count);
|
|
|
|
ok = js_PopStatementCG(cx, cg);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_BLOCK_SCOPE
|
|
case TOK_LET:
|
|
/* Let statements have their variable declarations on the left. */
|
|
if (pn->pn_arity == PN_BINARY) {
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_right;
|
|
pn = pn->pn_left;
|
|
} else {
|
|
pn2 = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Non-null pn2 means that pn is the variable list from a let head. */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_arity == PN_LIST);
|
|
if (!EmitVariables(cx, cg, pn, pn2 != NULL, ¬eIndex))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Thus non-null pn2 is the body of the let block or expression. */
|
|
tmp = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
if (pn2 && !js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (noteIndex >= 0 &&
|
|
!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, (uintN)noteIndex, 0,
|
|
CG_OFFSET(cg) - tmp)) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif /* JS_HAS_BLOCK_SCOPE */
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_GENERATORS
|
|
case TOK_ARRAYPUSH: {
|
|
jsint slot;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The array object's stack index is in cg->arrayCompDepth. See below
|
|
* under the array initialiser code generator for array comprehension
|
|
* special casing.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_kid))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
slot = AdjustBlockSlot(cx, cg, cg->arrayCompDepth);
|
|
if (slot < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(PN_OP(pn), slot);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
case TOK_RB:
|
|
#if JS_HAS_GENERATORS
|
|
case TOK_ARRAYCOMP:
|
|
#endif
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit code for [a, b, c] that is equivalent to constructing a new
|
|
* array and in source order evaluating each element value and adding
|
|
* it to the array, without invoking latent setters. We use the
|
|
* JSOP_NEWINIT and JSOP_INITELEM bytecodes to ignore setters and to
|
|
* avoid dup'ing and popping the array as each element is added, as
|
|
* JSOP_SETELEM/JSOP_SETPROP would do.
|
|
*
|
|
* If no sharp variable is defined, the initializer is not for an array
|
|
* comprehension, the initializer is not overlarge, and the initializer
|
|
* is not in global code (whose stack growth cannot be precisely modeled
|
|
* due to the need to reserve space for global variables and regular
|
|
* expressions), use JSOP_NEWARRAY to minimize opcodes and to create the
|
|
* array using a fast, all-at-once process rather than a slow, element-
|
|
* by-element process.
|
|
*/
|
|
#if JS_HAS_SHARP_VARS
|
|
sharpnum = -1;
|
|
do_emit_array:
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
op = (JS_LIKELY(pn->pn_count < JS_BIT(16)) && cg->inFunction())
|
|
? JSOP_NEWARRAY
|
|
: JSOP_NEWINIT;
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_GENERATORS
|
|
if (pn->pn_type == TOK_ARRAYCOMP)
|
|
op = JSOP_NEWINIT;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if JS_HAS_SHARP_VARS
|
|
JS_ASSERT_IF(sharpnum >= 0, cg->hasSharps());
|
|
if (cg->hasSharps())
|
|
op = JSOP_NEWINIT;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (op == JSOP_NEWINIT && !EmitNewInit(cx, cg, JSProto_Array, pn, sharpnum))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_GENERATORS
|
|
if (pn->pn_type == TOK_ARRAYCOMP) {
|
|
uintN saveDepth;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Pass the new array's stack index to the TOK_ARRAYPUSH case via
|
|
* cg->arrayCompDepth, then simply traverse the TOK_FOR node and
|
|
* its kids under pn2 to generate this comprehension.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->stackDepth > 0);
|
|
saveDepth = cg->arrayCompDepth;
|
|
cg->arrayCompDepth = (uint32) (cg->stackDepth - 1);
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn->pn_head))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
cg->arrayCompDepth = saveDepth;
|
|
|
|
/* Emit the usual op needed for decompilation. */
|
|
if (!EmitEndInit(cx, cg, 1))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif /* JS_HAS_GENERATORS */
|
|
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_head;
|
|
for (atomIndex = 0; pn2; atomIndex++, pn2 = pn2->pn_next) {
|
|
if (op == JSOP_NEWINIT && !EmitNumberOp(cx, atomIndex, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_COMMA && pn2->pn_arity == PN_NULLARY) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_HOLE) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (op == JSOP_NEWINIT && js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_INITELEM) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
JS_ASSERT(atomIndex == pn->pn_count);
|
|
|
|
if (pn->pn_xflags & PNX_ENDCOMMA) {
|
|
/* Emit a source note so we know to decompile an extra comma. */
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_CONTINUE) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (op == JSOP_NEWINIT) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit an op to finish the array and, secondarily, to aid in sharp
|
|
* array cleanup (if JS_HAS_SHARP_VARS) and decompilation.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!EmitEndInit(cx, cg, atomIndex))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(atomIndex < JS_BIT(16));
|
|
EMIT_UINT16_IMM_OP(JSOP_NEWARRAY, atomIndex);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_RC: {
|
|
#if JS_HAS_SHARP_VARS
|
|
sharpnum = -1;
|
|
do_emit_object:
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DESTRUCTURING_SHORTHAND
|
|
if (pn->pn_xflags & PNX_DESTRUCT) {
|
|
ReportCompileErrorNumber(cx, CG_TS(cg), pn, JSREPORT_ERROR, JSMSG_BAD_OBJECT_INIT);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
/*
|
|
* Emit code for {p:a, '%q':b, 2:c} that is equivalent to constructing
|
|
* a new object and in source order evaluating each property value and
|
|
* adding the property to the object, without invoking latent setters.
|
|
* We use the JSOP_NEWINIT and JSOP_INITELEM/JSOP_INITPROP bytecodes to
|
|
* ignore setters and to avoid dup'ing and popping the object as each
|
|
* property is added, as JSOP_SETELEM/JSOP_SETPROP would do.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!EmitNewInit(cx, cg, JSProto_Object, pn, sharpnum))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
uintN methodInits = 0, slowMethodInits = 0;
|
|
for (pn2 = pn->pn_head; pn2; pn2 = pn2->pn_next) {
|
|
/* Emit an index for t[2] for later consumption by JSOP_INITELEM. */
|
|
pn3 = pn2->pn_left;
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_NUMBER) {
|
|
if (!EmitNumberOp(cx, pn3->pn_dval, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Emit code for the property initializer. */
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2->pn_right))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
op = PN_OP(pn2);
|
|
if (op == JSOP_GETTER || op == JSOP_SETTER) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, op) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Annotate JSOP_INITELEM so we decompile 2:c and not just c. */
|
|
if (pn3->pn_type == TOK_NUMBER) {
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_INITPROP) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_INITELEM) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn3->pn_type == TOK_NAME ||
|
|
pn3->pn_type == TOK_STRING);
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, pn3->pn_atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Check whether we can optimize to JSOP_INITMETHOD. */
|
|
JSParseNode *init = pn2->pn_right;
|
|
bool lambda = PN_OP(init) == JSOP_LAMBDA;
|
|
if (lambda)
|
|
++methodInits;
|
|
if (op == JSOP_INITPROP && lambda && init->pn_funbox->joinable())
|
|
{
|
|
op = JSOP_INITMETHOD;
|
|
pn2->pn_op = uint8(op);
|
|
} else {
|
|
op = JSOP_INITPROP;
|
|
if (lambda)
|
|
++slowMethodInits;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
EMIT_INDEX_OP(op, ALE_INDEX(ale));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (cg->funbox && cg->funbox->shouldUnbrand(methodInits, slowMethodInits)) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_UNBRAND) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!EmitEndInit(cx, cg, pn->pn_count))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_SHARP_VARS
|
|
case TOK_DEFSHARP:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->hasSharps());
|
|
sharpnum = pn->pn_num;
|
|
pn = pn->pn_kid;
|
|
if (pn->pn_type == TOK_RB)
|
|
goto do_emit_array;
|
|
# if JS_HAS_GENERATORS
|
|
if (pn->pn_type == TOK_ARRAYCOMP)
|
|
goto do_emit_array;
|
|
# endif
|
|
if (pn->pn_type == TOK_RC)
|
|
goto do_emit_object;
|
|
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
EMIT_UINT16PAIR_IMM_OP(JSOP_DEFSHARP, cg->sharpSlotBase, (jsatomid) sharpnum);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_USESHARP:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->hasSharps());
|
|
EMIT_UINT16PAIR_IMM_OP(JSOP_USESHARP, cg->sharpSlotBase, (jsatomid) pn->pn_num);
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif /* JS_HAS_SHARP_VARS */
|
|
|
|
case TOK_NAME:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Cope with a left-over function definition that was replaced by a use
|
|
* of a later function definition of the same name. See FunctionDef and
|
|
* MakeDefIntoUse in jsparse.cpp.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (pn->pn_op == JSOP_NOP)
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
if (!EmitNameOp(cx, cg, pn, JS_FALSE))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
case TOK_XMLATTR:
|
|
case TOK_XMLSPACE:
|
|
case TOK_XMLTEXT:
|
|
case TOK_XMLCDATA:
|
|
case TOK_XMLCOMMENT:
|
|
#endif
|
|
case TOK_STRING:
|
|
ok = EmitAtomOp(cx, pn, PN_OP(pn), cg);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_NUMBER:
|
|
ok = EmitNumberOp(cx, pn->pn_dval, cg);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_REGEXP: {
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the regexp's script is one-shot and the regexp is not used in a
|
|
* loop, we can avoid the extra fork-on-exec costs of JSOP_REGEXP by
|
|
* selecting JSOP_OBJECT. Otherwise, to avoid incorrect proto, parent,
|
|
* and lastIndex sharing, select JSOP_REGEXP.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_op == JSOP_REGEXP);
|
|
bool singleton = !cg->fun && cg->compileAndGo();
|
|
if (singleton) {
|
|
for (JSStmtInfo *stmt = cg->topStmt; stmt; stmt = stmt->down) {
|
|
if (STMT_IS_LOOP(stmt)) {
|
|
singleton = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (singleton) {
|
|
ok = EmitObjectOp(cx, pn->pn_objbox, JSOP_OBJECT, cg);
|
|
} else {
|
|
ok = EmitIndexOp(cx, JSOP_REGEXP,
|
|
cg->regexpList.index(pn->pn_objbox),
|
|
cg);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
case TOK_ANYNAME:
|
|
#endif
|
|
case TOK_PRIMARY:
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, PN_OP(pn)) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_DEBUGGER_KEYWORD
|
|
case TOK_DEBUGGER:
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_DEBUGGER) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif /* JS_HAS_DEBUGGER_KEYWORD */
|
|
|
|
#if JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT
|
|
case TOK_XMLELEM:
|
|
case TOK_XMLLIST:
|
|
if (pn->pn_op == JSOP_XMLOBJECT) {
|
|
ok = EmitObjectOp(cx, pn->pn_objbox, PN_OP(pn), cg);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(PN_TYPE(pn) == TOK_XMLLIST || pn->pn_count != 0);
|
|
switch (pn->pn_head ? PN_TYPE(pn->pn_head) : TOK_XMLLIST) {
|
|
case TOK_XMLETAGO:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(0);
|
|
/* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
case TOK_XMLPTAGC:
|
|
case TOK_XMLSTAGO:
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_STARTXML) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (pn2 = pn->pn_head; pn2; pn2 = pn2->pn_next) {
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_LC &&
|
|
js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_STARTXMLEXPR) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (pn2 != pn->pn_head && js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ADD) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (pn->pn_xflags & PNX_XMLROOT) {
|
|
if (pn->pn_count == 0) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_type == TOK_XMLLIST);
|
|
atom = cx->runtime->atomState.emptyAtom;
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, atom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
EMIT_INDEX_OP(JSOP_STRING, ALE_INDEX(ale));
|
|
}
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, PN_OP(pn)) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
else
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_count != 0);
|
|
#endif
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_XMLPTAGC:
|
|
if (pn->pn_op == JSOP_XMLOBJECT) {
|
|
ok = EmitObjectOp(cx, pn->pn_objbox, PN_OP(pn), cg);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
/* FALL THROUGH */
|
|
|
|
case TOK_XMLSTAGO:
|
|
case TOK_XMLETAGO:
|
|
{
|
|
uint32 i;
|
|
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_STARTXML) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser,
|
|
(pn->pn_type == TOK_XMLETAGO)
|
|
? cx->runtime->atomState.etagoAtom
|
|
: cx->runtime->atomState.stagoAtom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
EMIT_INDEX_OP(JSOP_STRING, ALE_INDEX(ale));
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_count != 0);
|
|
pn2 = pn->pn_head;
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_LC && js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_STARTXMLEXPR) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ADD) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
for (pn2 = pn2->pn_next, i = 0; pn2; pn2 = pn2->pn_next, i++) {
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_LC &&
|
|
js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_STARTXMLEXPR) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if ((i & 1) && pn2->pn_type == TOK_LC) {
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_TOATTRVAL) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg,
|
|
(i & 1) ? JSOP_ADDATTRVAL : JSOP_ADDATTRNAME) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser,
|
|
(pn->pn_type == TOK_XMLPTAGC)
|
|
? cx->runtime->atomState.ptagcAtom
|
|
: cx->runtime->atomState.tagcAtom);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
EMIT_INDEX_OP(JSOP_STRING, ALE_INDEX(ale));
|
|
if (js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ADD) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if ((pn->pn_xflags & PNX_XMLROOT) && js_Emit1(cx, cg, PN_OP(pn)) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case TOK_XMLNAME:
|
|
if (pn->pn_arity == PN_LIST) {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_count != 0);
|
|
for (pn2 = pn->pn_head; pn2; pn2 = pn2->pn_next) {
|
|
if (pn2->pn_type == TOK_LC &&
|
|
js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_STARTXMLEXPR) < 0) {
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!js_EmitTree(cx, cg, pn2))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (pn2 != pn->pn_head && js_Emit1(cx, cg, JSOP_ADD) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
JS_ASSERT(pn->pn_arity == PN_NULLARY);
|
|
ok = (pn->pn_op == JSOP_OBJECT)
|
|
? EmitObjectOp(cx, pn->pn_objbox, PN_OP(pn), cg)
|
|
: EmitAtomOp(cx, pn, PN_OP(pn), cg);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_XMLPI:
|
|
ale = cg->atomList.add(cg->parser, pn->pn_atom2);
|
|
if (!ale)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!EmitIndexOp(cx, JSOP_QNAMEPART, ALE_INDEX(ale), cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
if (!EmitAtomOp(cx, pn, JSOP_XMLPI, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif /* JS_HAS_XML_SUPPORT */
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
JS_ASSERT(0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ok && --cg->emitLevel == 0) {
|
|
if (cg->spanDeps)
|
|
ok = OptimizeSpanDeps(cx, cg);
|
|
if (!UpdateLineNumberNotes(cx, cg, pn->pn_pos.end.lineno))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ok;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We should try to get rid of offsetBias (always 0 or 1, where 1 is
|
|
* JSOP_{NOP,POP}_LENGTH), which is used only by SRC_FOR and SRC_DECL.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_FRIEND_DATA(JSSrcNoteSpec) js_SrcNoteSpec[] = {
|
|
{"null", 0, 0, 0},
|
|
{"if", 0, 0, 0},
|
|
{"if-else", 2, 0, 1},
|
|
{"for", 3, 1, 1},
|
|
{"while", 1, 0, 1},
|
|
{"continue", 0, 0, 0},
|
|
{"decl", 1, 1, 1},
|
|
{"pcdelta", 1, 0, 1},
|
|
{"assignop", 0, 0, 0},
|
|
{"cond", 1, 0, 1},
|
|
{"brace", 1, 0, 1},
|
|
{"hidden", 0, 0, 0},
|
|
{"pcbase", 1, 0, -1},
|
|
{"label", 1, 0, 0},
|
|
{"labelbrace", 1, 0, 0},
|
|
{"endbrace", 0, 0, 0},
|
|
{"break2label", 1, 0, 0},
|
|
{"cont2label", 1, 0, 0},
|
|
{"switch", 2, 0, 1},
|
|
{"funcdef", 1, 0, 0},
|
|
{"catch", 1, 0, 1},
|
|
{"extended", -1, 0, 0},
|
|
{"newline", 0, 0, 0},
|
|
{"setline", 1, 0, 0},
|
|
{"xdelta", 0, 0, 0},
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static intN
|
|
AllocSrcNote(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
intN index;
|
|
JSArenaPool *pool;
|
|
size_t size;
|
|
|
|
index = CG_NOTE_COUNT(cg);
|
|
if (((uintN)index & CG_NOTE_MASK(cg)) == 0) {
|
|
pool = cg->notePool;
|
|
size = SRCNOTE_SIZE(CG_NOTE_MASK(cg) + 1);
|
|
if (!CG_NOTES(cg)) {
|
|
/* Allocate the first note array lazily; leave noteMask alone. */
|
|
JS_ARENA_ALLOCATE_CAST(CG_NOTES(cg), jssrcnote *, pool, size);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* Grow by doubling note array size; update noteMask on success. */
|
|
JS_ARENA_GROW_CAST(CG_NOTES(cg), jssrcnote *, pool, size, size);
|
|
if (CG_NOTES(cg))
|
|
CG_NOTE_MASK(cg) = (CG_NOTE_MASK(cg) << 1) | 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!CG_NOTES(cg)) {
|
|
js_ReportOutOfScriptQuota(cx);
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
CG_NOTE_COUNT(cg) = index + 1;
|
|
return index;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
intN
|
|
js_NewSrcNote(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSSrcNoteType type)
|
|
{
|
|
intN index, n;
|
|
jssrcnote *sn;
|
|
ptrdiff_t offset, delta, xdelta;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Claim a note slot in CG_NOTES(cg) by growing it if necessary and then
|
|
* incrementing CG_NOTE_COUNT(cg).
|
|
*/
|
|
index = AllocSrcNote(cx, cg);
|
|
if (index < 0)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
sn = &CG_NOTES(cg)[index];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute delta from the last annotated bytecode's offset. If it's too
|
|
* big to fit in sn, allocate one or more xdelta notes and reset sn.
|
|
*/
|
|
offset = CG_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
delta = offset - CG_LAST_NOTE_OFFSET(cg);
|
|
CG_LAST_NOTE_OFFSET(cg) = offset;
|
|
if (delta >= SN_DELTA_LIMIT) {
|
|
do {
|
|
xdelta = JS_MIN(delta, SN_XDELTA_MASK);
|
|
SN_MAKE_XDELTA(sn, xdelta);
|
|
delta -= xdelta;
|
|
index = AllocSrcNote(cx, cg);
|
|
if (index < 0)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
sn = &CG_NOTES(cg)[index];
|
|
} while (delta >= SN_DELTA_LIMIT);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialize type and delta, then allocate the minimum number of notes
|
|
* needed for type's arity. Usually, we won't need more, but if an offset
|
|
* does take two bytes, js_SetSrcNoteOffset will grow CG_NOTES(cg).
|
|
*/
|
|
SN_MAKE_NOTE(sn, type, delta);
|
|
for (n = (intN)js_SrcNoteSpec[type].arity; n > 0; n--) {
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, SRC_NULL) < 0)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
return index;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
intN
|
|
js_NewSrcNote2(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSSrcNoteType type,
|
|
ptrdiff_t offset)
|
|
{
|
|
intN index;
|
|
|
|
index = js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, type);
|
|
if (index >= 0) {
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, index, 0, offset))
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
return index;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
intN
|
|
js_NewSrcNote3(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSSrcNoteType type,
|
|
ptrdiff_t offset1, ptrdiff_t offset2)
|
|
{
|
|
intN index;
|
|
|
|
index = js_NewSrcNote(cx, cg, type);
|
|
if (index >= 0) {
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, index, 0, offset1))
|
|
return -1;
|
|
if (!js_SetSrcNoteOffset(cx, cg, index, 1, offset2))
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
return index;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
GrowSrcNotes(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg)
|
|
{
|
|
JSArenaPool *pool;
|
|
size_t size;
|
|
|
|
/* Grow by doubling note array size; update noteMask on success. */
|
|
pool = cg->notePool;
|
|
size = SRCNOTE_SIZE(CG_NOTE_MASK(cg) + 1);
|
|
JS_ARENA_GROW_CAST(CG_NOTES(cg), jssrcnote *, pool, size, size);
|
|
if (!CG_NOTES(cg)) {
|
|
js_ReportOutOfScriptQuota(cx);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
CG_NOTE_MASK(cg) = (CG_NOTE_MASK(cg) << 1) | 1;
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jssrcnote *
|
|
js_AddToSrcNoteDelta(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, jssrcnote *sn,
|
|
ptrdiff_t delta)
|
|
{
|
|
ptrdiff_t base, limit, newdelta, diff;
|
|
intN index;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Called only from OptimizeSpanDeps and js_FinishTakingSrcNotes to add to
|
|
* main script note deltas, and only by a small positive amount.
|
|
*/
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->current == &cg->main);
|
|
JS_ASSERT((unsigned) delta < (unsigned) SN_XDELTA_LIMIT);
|
|
|
|
base = SN_DELTA(sn);
|
|
limit = SN_IS_XDELTA(sn) ? SN_XDELTA_LIMIT : SN_DELTA_LIMIT;
|
|
newdelta = base + delta;
|
|
if (newdelta < limit) {
|
|
SN_SET_DELTA(sn, newdelta);
|
|
} else {
|
|
index = sn - cg->main.notes;
|
|
if ((cg->main.noteCount & cg->main.noteMask) == 0) {
|
|
if (!GrowSrcNotes(cx, cg))
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
sn = cg->main.notes + index;
|
|
}
|
|
diff = cg->main.noteCount - index;
|
|
cg->main.noteCount++;
|
|
memmove(sn + 1, sn, SRCNOTE_SIZE(diff));
|
|
SN_MAKE_XDELTA(sn, delta);
|
|
sn++;
|
|
}
|
|
return sn;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS_FRIEND_API(uintN)
|
|
js_SrcNoteLength(jssrcnote *sn)
|
|
{
|
|
uintN arity;
|
|
jssrcnote *base;
|
|
|
|
arity = (intN)js_SrcNoteSpec[SN_TYPE(sn)].arity;
|
|
for (base = sn++; arity; sn++, arity--) {
|
|
if (*sn & SN_3BYTE_OFFSET_FLAG)
|
|
sn += 2;
|
|
}
|
|
return sn - base;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS_FRIEND_API(ptrdiff_t)
|
|
js_GetSrcNoteOffset(jssrcnote *sn, uintN which)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Find the offset numbered which (i.e., skip exactly which offsets). */
|
|
JS_ASSERT(SN_TYPE(sn) != SRC_XDELTA);
|
|
JS_ASSERT((intN) which < js_SrcNoteSpec[SN_TYPE(sn)].arity);
|
|
for (sn++; which; sn++, which--) {
|
|
if (*sn & SN_3BYTE_OFFSET_FLAG)
|
|
sn += 2;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*sn & SN_3BYTE_OFFSET_FLAG) {
|
|
return (ptrdiff_t)(((uint32)(sn[0] & SN_3BYTE_OFFSET_MASK) << 16)
|
|
| (sn[1] << 8)
|
|
| sn[2]);
|
|
}
|
|
return (ptrdiff_t)*sn;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JSBool
|
|
js_SetSrcNoteOffset(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, uintN index,
|
|
uintN which, ptrdiff_t offset)
|
|
{
|
|
jssrcnote *sn;
|
|
ptrdiff_t diff;
|
|
|
|
if ((jsuword)offset >= (jsuword)((ptrdiff_t)SN_3BYTE_OFFSET_FLAG << 16)) {
|
|
ReportStatementTooLarge(cx, cg);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Find the offset numbered which (i.e., skip exactly which offsets). */
|
|
sn = &CG_NOTES(cg)[index];
|
|
JS_ASSERT(SN_TYPE(sn) != SRC_XDELTA);
|
|
JS_ASSERT((intN) which < js_SrcNoteSpec[SN_TYPE(sn)].arity);
|
|
for (sn++; which; sn++, which--) {
|
|
if (*sn & SN_3BYTE_OFFSET_FLAG)
|
|
sn += 2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* See if the new offset requires three bytes. */
|
|
if (offset > (ptrdiff_t)SN_3BYTE_OFFSET_MASK) {
|
|
/* Maybe this offset was already set to a three-byte value. */
|
|
if (!(*sn & SN_3BYTE_OFFSET_FLAG)) {
|
|
/* Losing, need to insert another two bytes for this offset. */
|
|
index = sn - CG_NOTES(cg);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Simultaneously test to see if the source note array must grow to
|
|
* accommodate either the first or second byte of additional storage
|
|
* required by this 3-byte offset.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (((CG_NOTE_COUNT(cg) + 1) & CG_NOTE_MASK(cg)) <= 1) {
|
|
if (!GrowSrcNotes(cx, cg))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
sn = CG_NOTES(cg) + index;
|
|
}
|
|
CG_NOTE_COUNT(cg) += 2;
|
|
|
|
diff = CG_NOTE_COUNT(cg) - (index + 3);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(diff >= 0);
|
|
if (diff > 0)
|
|
memmove(sn + 3, sn + 1, SRCNOTE_SIZE(diff));
|
|
}
|
|
*sn++ = (jssrcnote)(SN_3BYTE_OFFSET_FLAG | (offset >> 16));
|
|
*sn++ = (jssrcnote)(offset >> 8);
|
|
}
|
|
*sn = (jssrcnote)offset;
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_notme
|
|
#define DEBUG_srcnotesize
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_srcnotesize
|
|
#define NBINS 10
|
|
static uint32 hist[NBINS];
|
|
|
|
void DumpSrcNoteSizeHist()
|
|
{
|
|
static FILE *fp;
|
|
int i, n;
|
|
|
|
if (!fp) {
|
|
fp = fopen("/tmp/srcnotes.hist", "w");
|
|
if (!fp)
|
|
return;
|
|
setvbuf(fp, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
fprintf(fp, "SrcNote size histogram:\n");
|
|
for (i = 0; i < NBINS; i++) {
|
|
fprintf(fp, "%4u %4u ", JS_BIT(i), hist[i]);
|
|
for (n = (int) JS_HOWMANY(hist[i], 10); n > 0; --n)
|
|
fputc('*', fp);
|
|
fputc('\n', fp);
|
|
}
|
|
fputc('\n', fp);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Fill in the storage at notes with prolog and main srcnotes; the space at
|
|
* notes was allocated using the CG_COUNT_FINAL_SRCNOTES macro from jsemit.h.
|
|
* SO DON'T CHANGE THIS FUNCTION WITHOUT AT LEAST CHECKING WHETHER jsemit.h's
|
|
* CG_COUNT_FINAL_SRCNOTES MACRO NEEDS CORRESPONDING CHANGES!
|
|
*/
|
|
JSBool
|
|
js_FinishTakingSrcNotes(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, jssrcnote *notes)
|
|
{
|
|
uintN prologCount, mainCount, totalCount;
|
|
ptrdiff_t offset, delta;
|
|
jssrcnote *sn;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cg->current == &cg->main);
|
|
|
|
prologCount = cg->prolog.noteCount;
|
|
if (prologCount && cg->prolog.currentLine != cg->firstLine) {
|
|
CG_SWITCH_TO_PROLOG(cg);
|
|
if (js_NewSrcNote2(cx, cg, SRC_SETLINE, (ptrdiff_t)cg->firstLine) < 0)
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
prologCount = cg->prolog.noteCount;
|
|
CG_SWITCH_TO_MAIN(cg);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Either no prolog srcnotes, or no line number change over prolog.
|
|
* We don't need a SRC_SETLINE, but we may need to adjust the offset
|
|
* of the first main note, by adding to its delta and possibly even
|
|
* prepending SRC_XDELTA notes to it to account for prolog bytecodes
|
|
* that came at and after the last annotated bytecode.
|
|
*/
|
|
offset = CG_PROLOG_OFFSET(cg) - cg->prolog.lastNoteOffset;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(offset >= 0);
|
|
if (offset > 0 && cg->main.noteCount != 0) {
|
|
/* NB: Use as much of the first main note's delta as we can. */
|
|
sn = cg->main.notes;
|
|
delta = SN_IS_XDELTA(sn)
|
|
? SN_XDELTA_MASK - (*sn & SN_XDELTA_MASK)
|
|
: SN_DELTA_MASK - (*sn & SN_DELTA_MASK);
|
|
if (offset < delta)
|
|
delta = offset;
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
if (!js_AddToSrcNoteDelta(cx, cg, sn, delta))
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
offset -= delta;
|
|
if (offset == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
delta = JS_MIN(offset, SN_XDELTA_MASK);
|
|
sn = cg->main.notes;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mainCount = cg->main.noteCount;
|
|
totalCount = prologCount + mainCount;
|
|
if (prologCount)
|
|
memcpy(notes, cg->prolog.notes, SRCNOTE_SIZE(prologCount));
|
|
memcpy(notes + prologCount, cg->main.notes, SRCNOTE_SIZE(mainCount));
|
|
SN_MAKE_TERMINATOR(¬es[totalCount]);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_notme
|
|
{ int bin = JS_CeilingLog2(totalCount);
|
|
if (bin >= NBINS)
|
|
bin = NBINS - 1;
|
|
++hist[bin];
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static JSBool
|
|
NewTryNote(JSContext *cx, JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSTryNoteKind kind,
|
|
uintN stackDepth, size_t start, size_t end)
|
|
{
|
|
JSTryNode *tryNode;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT((uintN)(uint16)stackDepth == stackDepth);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(start <= end);
|
|
JS_ASSERT((size_t)(uint32)start == start);
|
|
JS_ASSERT((size_t)(uint32)end == end);
|
|
|
|
JS_ARENA_ALLOCATE_TYPE(tryNode, JSTryNode, &cx->tempPool);
|
|
if (!tryNode) {
|
|
js_ReportOutOfScriptQuota(cx);
|
|
return JS_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
tryNode->note.kind = kind;
|
|
tryNode->note.stackDepth = (uint16)stackDepth;
|
|
tryNode->note.start = (uint32)start;
|
|
tryNode->note.length = (uint32)(end - start);
|
|
tryNode->prev = cg->lastTryNode;
|
|
cg->lastTryNode = tryNode;
|
|
cg->ntrynotes++;
|
|
return JS_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
js_FinishTakingTryNotes(JSCodeGenerator *cg, JSTryNoteArray *array)
|
|
{
|
|
JSTryNode *tryNode;
|
|
JSTryNote *tn;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(array->length > 0 && array->length == cg->ntrynotes);
|
|
tn = array->vector + array->length;
|
|
tryNode = cg->lastTryNode;
|
|
do {
|
|
*--tn = tryNode->note;
|
|
} while ((tryNode = tryNode->prev) != NULL);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(tn == array->vector);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the index of the given object for code generator.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since the emitter refers to each parsed object only once, for the index we
|
|
* use the number of already indexes objects. We also add the object to a list
|
|
* to convert the list to a fixed-size array when we complete code generation,
|
|
* see JSCGObjectList::finish below.
|
|
*
|
|
* Most of the objects go to JSCodeGenerator.objectList but for regexp we use a
|
|
* separated JSCodeGenerator.regexpList. In this way the emitted index can be
|
|
* directly used to store and fetch a reference to a cloned RegExp object that
|
|
* shares the same JSRegExp private data created for the object literal in
|
|
* objbox. We need a cloned object to hold lastIndex and other direct properties
|
|
* that should not be shared among threads sharing a precompiled function or
|
|
* script.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the code being compiled is function code, allocate a reserved slot in
|
|
* the cloned function object that shares its precompiled script with other
|
|
* cloned function objects and with the compiler-created clone-parent. There
|
|
* are nregexps = script->regexps()->length such reserved slots in each
|
|
* function object cloned from fun->object. NB: during compilation, a funobj
|
|
* slots element must never be allocated, because js_AllocSlot could hand out
|
|
* one of the slots that should be given to a regexp clone.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the code being compiled is global code, the cloned regexp are stored in
|
|
* fp->vars slot after cg->ngvars and to protect regexp slots from GC we set
|
|
* fp->nvars to ngvars + nregexps.
|
|
*
|
|
* The slots initially contain undefined or null. We populate them lazily when
|
|
* JSOP_REGEXP is executed for the first time.
|
|
*
|
|
* Why clone regexp objects? ECMA specifies that when a regular expression
|
|
* literal is scanned, a RegExp object is created. In the spec, compilation
|
|
* and execution happen indivisibly, but in this implementation and many of
|
|
* its embeddings, code is precompiled early and re-executed in multiple
|
|
* threads, or using multiple global objects, or both, for efficiency.
|
|
*
|
|
* In such cases, naively following ECMA leads to wrongful sharing of RegExp
|
|
* objects, which makes for collisions on the lastIndex property (especially
|
|
* for global regexps) and on any ad-hoc properties. Also, __proto__ refers to
|
|
* the pre-compilation prototype, a pigeon-hole problem for instanceof tests.
|
|
*/
|
|
uintN
|
|
JSCGObjectList::index(JSObjectBox *objbox)
|
|
{
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!objbox->emitLink);
|
|
objbox->emitLink = lastbox;
|
|
lastbox = objbox;
|
|
return length++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
JSCGObjectList::finish(JSObjectArray *array)
|
|
{
|
|
JSObject **cursor;
|
|
JSObjectBox *objbox;
|
|
|
|
JS_ASSERT(length <= INDEX_LIMIT);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(length == array->length);
|
|
|
|
cursor = array->vector + array->length;
|
|
objbox = lastbox;
|
|
do {
|
|
--cursor;
|
|
JS_ASSERT(!*cursor);
|
|
*cursor = objbox->object;
|
|
} while ((objbox = objbox->emitLink) != NULL);
|
|
JS_ASSERT(cursor == array->vector);
|
|
}
|